Quarterlytics / Technology / Software - Application / Gresham Technologies plc

Gresham Technologies plc

ght.l · LSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker ght.l
Exchange LSE
Sector Technology
Industry Software - Application
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Gresham Technologies plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
G

R

E

S

H

A

M

T

E

C

H

N

O

L

O

G

I

E

S

P

L

C

A

N

N

U

A

L

F

I

N

A

N

C

I

A

L

R

E

P

O

R

T

2

0

2

0

Gresham Technologies plc
Annual Financial Report 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
Vision and values

Our vision is to bring 
digital integrity, agility 
and confidence to 
financial markets

Modern business is digital, our world is hyper-connected, 
we’re data driven, and we need everything to happen fast.

Gresham helps global businesses connect, reconcile and control 
their data, systems and processes. And in doing so, we deliver 
something that is vital to modern business. Data confidence. 

Our team is a combination of experienced minds with deep 
industry skills, and some of the brightest young talent in 
technology today. And I believe the way we do things at 
Gresham is really rather special. 

Our culture is open, engaging and freethinking, but framed by 
a clear vision, a proven global operating model, and a genuine 
focus on success for our customers. We’re not a well-intentioned 
start-up trying to find its way, nor a tired industry veteran 
resting on past accomplishments. 

Here at Gresham we embrace difference, we create together 
and we champion success. I’m confident you’ll like working 
with our people. 

At our Innovation Labs we’re fanatical about challenging 
perceived wisdom and entrenched ways with game-changing 
ideas that marry sophisticated thinking with simple 
implementation. The Clareti platform was born from this 
mind-set. A new generation of real-time intelligent automation 
technology optimised to solve the complex connectivity and 
data quality challenges of a fast-paced digital world. 

Now proven at over one hundred organisations worldwide, 
including many of the world’s largest banks, asset managers 
and corporates, the Clareti platform is becoming the new 
gold standard that firms and regulators can trust. 

At Gresham it’s all about making things easier for you 
and making your business more agile and competitive. 
In a real-time digital world we want to be the first company 
you turn to when you need to be connected and in control.

Ian Manocha
Chief Executive Officer

In a real-time digital world we 
want to be the first company 
you turn to when you need to 
be connected and in control.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Strategic ReportOur values
We Embrace Difference
We value different backgrounds, experience, expertise 
and ways of thinking. We encourage curiosity and 
respect every individual, recognising that everyone 
has the capability to bring something extraordinary 
to the table. We each apply our unique talents with 
passion and integrity and we are all committed to 
making Gresham an exceptional place to work. 

We Create Together
Working together with our colleagues, customers and 
partners, we create energy and a dynamic approach 
to challenge the norm and find innovative ways to 
solve problems. Through open discussion and 
feedback, healthy debate and continuous learning, 
we combine the virtues of experience and fresh 
thinking. We operate at pace, taking the lead where 
appropriate, ensuring that we work together to 
seamlessly deliver outstanding products and services.

We Champion Success
We are passionate about delivering successful 
outcomes for our customers, employees, partners 
and shareholders. Our nimble approach means that 
we can adapt to our customers’ individual ways of 
working, taking ownership for delivering the wow 
factor, delighting customers and enabling our 
business and our people to grow and flourish.

Environmental, social and governance  
Page 26

Contents
Strategic Report
02  Highlights

04  At a glance

06  Chairman’s statement

08  CEO’s statement

13 

Innovation

14  Business model

16  Strategy

18  Key performance indicators

20  Principal risks and uncertainties

22  Financial review

26  Environmental, social and governance

Corporate Governance
33  Chairman’s introduction to governance

34  Board of Directors

36  Statement of corporate governance

39  Audit committee report

42  Nomination committee report

43  Annual statement from the chair of 

the remuneration committee

44  Remuneration report

52  Directors’ report

55  Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

Financial Statements
56  Independent auditor’s report to the 

members of Gresham Technologies plc

62  Consolidated income statement

63  Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income

64  Consolidated statement of financial position

65  Consolidated statement of changes in equity

66  Consolidated statement of cash flow

67  Notes to the financial statements

98  Company balance sheet

99  Company statement of changes in equity

100 Notes to the Company financial statements

104 Corporate information

Stay up to date at 
greshamtech.com

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020
Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

01

STRATEGIC REPORTHighlights

Continued Clareti-led 
transformation

Group revenues

Clareti revenues

Clareti annualised recurring revenues

£24.8m -1%

£15.5m +0%

£12.3m +29%

2020 

2019 

2018 

24.8

25.0

19.3

2020 

2019 

2018 

15.5

15.5

11.8

2020 

2019 

2018 

12.3

9.5

7.4

Group adjusted EBITDA

Group adjusted diluted EPS

Net cash

£4.5m +10%

4.0p +100%

£8.9m -7%

2020 

2019 

2018 0.9

4.5

4.1

2020 

4.0

2019 

2.0

(1.5)

2018

2020 

2019 

2018 

5.6

8.9

9.6

Innovative technology
Our Clareti platform is best-in-class and 
sits at the heart of customer workflows.

Significant opportunity
Our addressable market is expanding 
as systemic data challenges increase.

50bn+

transactions processed  
in 2020

Innovation 
Page 13

$1bn

market opportunity 
in data quality in 2017

CEO's statement 
Page 8

02

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Strategic ReportFinancial
 ▪ Group revenues down 1% to £24.8m (2019: £25.0m), including 

Operational
 ▪ New Tier 1 bank wins in Europe and the US.

£0.6m from Inforalgo.

 ▪ Clareti revenues stable at £15.5m (2019: £15.5m), including 

£0.6m from Inforalgo.

 ▪ Clareti recurring software revenues up 11% to £11.5m 

(2019: £10.4m), including £0.5m from Inforalgo.

 ▪ Clareti annualised recurring revenues (“ARR”) as at 

31 December 2020 up 29% to £12.3m (2019: £9.5m), 
including £1.2m from Inforalgo; transition to full 
subscription licensing model complete.

 ▪ Continued growth within existing global key accounts. 

 ▪ Go-lives of first cash and securities deployments in global banks. 

 ▪ Acquisition of Inforalgo in July 2020 to accelerate Clareti sales 

into regulatory use cases; acquisition fully integrated. 

 ▪ Cash management partnership with Australia and New Zealand 

Banking Group delivering to plan.

 ▪ Excellent levels of client retention throughout COVID-19 pandemic.

 ▪ Management confident about the prospects for the Group.

 ▪ Other (non-Clareti) revenues down 2% to £9.3m (2019: £9.5m), 

(1)  Adjusted EBITDA refers to earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, 

in line with strategy. 

 ▪ Adjusted EBITDA(1) up 10% to £4.5m (2019: £4.1m), including 

£0.1m from Inforalgo.

 ▪ Cash adjusted EBITDA(2) stable at £0.3m (2019: £0.3m), 

including £0.1m from Inforalgo.

 ▪ Profit before tax(3) as reported at £0.3m (2019: £0.3m).

 ▪ Adjusted diluted earnings per share(4) up 100% at 4.0 pence 

(2019: 2.0 pence). 

 ▪ Cash at 31 December 2020 of £8.9m and no debt 

(2019: £9.6m and no debt)(5) after an outflow of £2.3m 
for Inforalgo initial consideration. 

 ▪ Final dividend proposed at 0.75 pence per share (2019: 0.75 pence).

impairment and amortisation, adjusted for one-off exceptional charges and 
share-based payments. Discontinued operations are not included in either 
year (see note 4 of the Group financial statements).

(2)  Adjusted EBITDA less capitalised development spend and any IFRS 16 

lease-related cash payments.

(3) Profit before tax for both years stated above excludes discontinued 
operations. There were no discontinued operations in 2020; in 2019 
discontinued operations generated a profit before tax of £2.0m. 

(4)  Diluted earnings per share, adjusted to add back share-based payment 

charges, exceptional items, amortisation from acquired intangible assets 
and impairment of development costs.

(5)  Excludes any IFRS 16 lease-related payables.

(6)  Percentage increases stated above are based on rounding to the nearest 

£’000 as disclosed at detailed level within this report. 

Strategy 
Page 16

Key performance indicators 
Page 18

Talented people
We have an exceptional pool of talent 
and we are committed to excellence.

Strong growth
Our high-margin Clareti solutions 
are delivering profitable growth.

150+

total employees as at 
31 December 2020

29%growth in Clareti 

ARR in 2020

Environmental, social and governance  
Page 26

Financial review 
Page 22

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

03

STRATEGIC REPORTAt a glance

Data confidence delivered

Fixing data and process integrity problems is one of the biggest challenges 
in the world’s financial markets. So we developed our technology to 
deliver data confidence in core areas of our customers’ business. 

We have a global client base, served locally from offices 
in the UK, Europe, North America and Asia Pacific.

Luxembourg

London

Solihull

Bristol

Southampton

New York

Business model 
Business model 
Page 14
Page 14

Innovation 
Innovation 
Page 13
Page 13

Kuala Lumpur

Singapore

Sydney

Group revenue by stream

Clareti revenue by solution

Clareti revenue by geography

4646+

 ▪ 16% Clareti services

 ▪ 46% Clareti software

 ▪ 23% Other services 5959+

 ▪ 15% Other software

 ▪  13% Regulatory 

 ▪ 59% Reconciliation 

reporting

and post-trade 
automation

and payments 3838+

management 

 ▪  28% Cash 

 ▪ 38% UK

 ▪ 17% EMEA

 ▪ 21% Americas

 ▪ 24%  Asia Pacific

04

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Strategic Report+
16
16
+
+
15
15
+
+
23
23
+
I
+
I
+
13
13
+
+
28
28
+
I
+
I
+
17
17
+
+
21
21
+
+
24
24
+
I
+
I
What we do
Reconciliation and 
post‑trade automation
Simplify the complexity in reconciliations 
with end-to-end automation, 
intelligent matching capabilities, 
and accelerated onboarding.

Regulatory reporting
Deliver accurate, on time submissions 
with connectivity to multiple trading 
and reporting venues, real time 
matching, and consolidation across 
multiple regulatory regimes.

Cash management 
and payments
Get easy, fast visibility of your payments 
activity with data agnostic connectivity 
solutions and real-time visibility of 
intraday positions.

What we deliver
Efficiency
A demanding environment 
means that scarce resources 
need to be deployed to where 
they can most add value. 

Compliance
Regulatory expectations 
are higher than ever, the 
consequences of 
failure harsher.

Visibility
When data is scattered across 
an organisation it’s impossible 
to truly understand where risks 
and opportunities lie.

Connectivity
Business operates in a web of 
complex ecosystems with high 
degrees of interconnectivity.

Automation
With data volumes soaring, 
the time for manual 
processes, hacks, and 
shortcuts has passed.

Agility
Businesses need to be able 
to make confident decisions 
based on timely and 
accurate data.

Dependability
When data determines a 
company’s relationships 
with its stakeholders, they 
need 100% certainty.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

05

STRATEGIC REPORTChairman’s statement

Significant progress against 
our major strategic goals

So, whilst Clareti new licence revenues were lower than originally 
anticipated, we were pleased to add several new clients, including 
substantial long-term agreements with two global Tier 1 banks. 
2020 also saw significant expansion by way of new projects from 
existing clients and the strategic acquisition of Inforalgo in July 
2020 to supplement our regulatory credentials and US footprint. 
Clareti forward-looking ARR, a key performance indicator for the 
business, grew by 29% on the prior year at £12.3m, including 
£1.2m from the Inforalgo acquisition.

Overall, our revenue for the year was largely flat at £24.8m versus 
£25.0m last year, but adjusted EBITDA, stated after exceptional 
costs of £0.4m (2019: £nil), finished 10% up at £4.5m versus 
£4.1m last year thanks in part to effective management of 
operating expenses in the year.

In a period of global uncertainty, cash is obviously front of mind 
and I am pleased to report that the Company ended the year 
with a cash balance of £8.9m versus £9.6m at the prior year end 
after an outflow of £2.3m for the initial consideration for the 
Inforalgo acquisition.

Based on the overall financial performance and the cash within 
the business the Board is recommending a final dividend of 
0.75 pence per share, the same as the prior year, for approval at 
the Company’s Annual General Meeting.

Delivery against our strategic vision
Despite the global challenges, 2020 saw significant progress 
against the major strategic goals identified by the Board.

Of particular note:

 ▪ all new business in 2020 was signed on “subscription” terms;

“2020 saw significant expansion by way 
of new projects from existing clients and 
the strategic acquisition of Inforalgo in 
July 2020 to supplement our regulatory 
credentials and US footprint.”

Dear shareholder,
I am pleased to present this Annual Financial Report, my first as 
Chairman of Gresham.

As forewarned in last year’s report, Ken Archer retired as Chairman 
after ten years in the role. I would like to thank Ken for his 
excellent stewardship of the business which has seen its evolution 
into a global leader in the field of enterprise financial software.

 ▪ the Inforalgo acquisition brings additional sticky ARR and 

widens our addressable market;

 ▪ subscription model provides high level of visibility and 

increased certainty for future years' revenue;

Overview
Obviously, the major world event in 2020 was the COVID-19 
pandemic. I am pleased to report that the Company has remained 
fully operational despite this period of unprecedented disruption.

Thanks to strong leadership, resilient systems and a highly 
committed team of employees globally, the business was able 
to switch rapidly to 100% home working with no discernible 
disruption to levels of customer service, project delivery and 
income levels from existing clients. 

However, as customers and prospects inevitably experienced 
their own internal operational challenges, new projects and 
initiatives were “parked” in many organisations for a good part 
of the year. As we moved through the year, we saw signs that 
clients and prospects appear to have adapted to the new normal 
and pre-sales momentum started to return to previous levels during 
the second half of the year, giving us confidence for the future.

 ▪ Clareti moved further towards stand-alone cash profitability; 

and

 ▪ underlying business systems and processes are increasingly 

scalable and global.

People and culture
2020 was a challenging year across the world and it is a testament 
to the leadership qualities of the executive team that the business 
continued to perform strongly. The annual employee engagement 
survey in December showed the highest ever scores across the 
business with significant improvements in areas highlighted in 
past years. On behalf of the Board, I would like to take this 
opportunity to thank all members of the Gresham family for 
their dedication, commitment and achievements in what will 
have been for many people a personally challenging time.

06

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Strategic ReportDuring my induction in the summer, I was particularly impressed 
with the passion, shared values and competence of the people in 
the business. I greatly look forward to a time when I can get to 
meet more of the staff and management face to face.

One of my first tasks on joining the Board in the summer was 
to work with the nomination committee to identify a suitable 
successor to Imogen Joss for the role of NED and chair of the 
remuneration committee. 

The recruitment process identified two strong candidates with 
extremely valuable sector experience as well as excellent 
business experience gained in successful careers in financial 
services. As a result, the nomination committee took the decision 
that the Board would be strengthened and enhanced by 
appointing both candidates and I was delighted to welcome 
Jenny Knott and Dr Ruth Wandhöfer to the Board in October. 
Jenny and Ruth joined Andy Balchin, who has been a NED with 
Gresham since 2017. Jenny has been appointed chair of the 
remuneration committee and Andy has taken the role of Senior 
Independent Director. I have been particularly pleased at the 
speed with which the new Board has formed into a strong team 
despite the challenges of inductions and Board meetings being 
“virtual” meetings during the pandemic.

As well as taking the opportunity to consider the Group’s 
business strategy, as noted below, the new Board is increasing its 
focus on environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) matters 
and will provide details on how the Group is addressing these 
important issues in future reports and presentations. 

Looking ahead
The new Board held a strategic workshop in December, where 
we engaged in constructively challenging conversations about 
which of the many opportunities available to the business would 
create maximum long-term shareholder value. As in many 
organisations with a subscription revenue model, there are 
trade-offs between maximising short-term profits and investing 
for future growth and value. The broad strategic direction approved 
by the Board focuses the Company on the following priorities:

 ▪ continue to build a global footprint and resilient 

international operations;

 ▪ increase investment in sales and marketing; 

 ▪ make scalability and repeatability key themes within product 
development and professional services to enhance operating 
leverage and accelerate speed of implementations;

 ▪ increase investment in AI to support our vision of self-learning 

and self-optimising solutions;

 ▪ identify options to monetise the IP arising from the ANZ 

strategic partnership in the wider market; and

 ▪ seek further earnings-enhancing acquisitions which add 

adjacent technology capabilities, scale, and expand global reach.

We enter 2021 with the world still impacted by COVID-19 but, 
importantly, with a strong pipeline and a product suite that is 
increasingly relevant in an era when our clients and prospects 
are investing in solutions to accelerate digital transformation, 
remove manual processes, reduce costs and enhance the quality 
of regulatory reporting.

I am confident that the team has the vision, drive and capabilities 
to continue to deliver growth in the business and growth in 
shareholder value.

Peter Simmonds
Non-Executive Chairman
8 March 2021

Our culture

We seek excellence in everything we do and we 
create a culture to foster and support this. 

 ▪ Customers and colleagues must feel that 

working with Gresham is awesome.

 ▪ We deliver a high quality customer centric 

experience that delights.

 ▪ We seek to hire and develop brilliant people.

 ▪ Our products, processes and services will 

be the best in the industry.

 ▪ Our office environment is flexible, open plan, 

collaborative and fun.

 ▪ Our organisation is flat which empowers 

people to be agile and flexible.

 ▪ We work on a range of cutting edge 
technologies and methodologies.

 ▪ We share a passion for new technology 
and are inspired to explore new ideas.

Environmental, social and governance  
Page 26

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

07

STRATEGIC REPORTCEO’s statement

We are positive about 
the opportunities ahead

Dear shareholder,
Strategic overview
It was nearly a decade ago, in September 2011, that Gresham 
announced the launch of Clareti Transaction Control 1.0. The Clareti 
business was born and the Group started its transformation 
from a UK-centric provider of ageing data-centre software and 
IT services into an IP-rich enterprise software company. 

In recent years, divestments, restructuring, management and 
operational platform improvements have sharpened the focus of 
the Group, and our ongoing investment into product development, 
customer success and distribution has enabled the Clareti 
business to push through early-stage growth challenges and 
move confidently into the scale-up phase. A successful track 
record of new business wins and bolt-on acquisitions has 
enabled the Group to secure a base of over 120 customers in 
20 countries around the world and establish itself as a respected 
and increasingly important player in the financial services vertical 
for risk and regulatory software.

As the business has grown, we have also refined our operating 
model and ensured all systems, processes and functions are 
global and scalable. In recent years, we have moved our core 
software to the cloud and introduced subscription services for 
connectivity and reconciliation solutions. Two years ago, we took 
the decision to move our on-premise software sales from a 
less predictable upfront licence model to a recurring revenue 
model, and, during 2020, all new business wins were signed on 
subscription terms. The Group now benefits from much improved 
quality of earnings underpinned by high-quality recurring Clareti 
licence revenues. Despite the challenging conditions in the year, 
we have progressed our strategy to further reduce the Group’s 
historical reliance on its portfolio of legacy businesses and 
continued our progress towards making Clareti stand-alone cash 
profitable. The Clareti business now provides Gresham with a 
platform for sustained, profitable, organic and in-organic growth.

Vision 
Over the last ten years, the shift to digital has driven dramatic 
change in society and business, with entire industries being 
reimagined and transformed by data and inter-connected real-time 
processes. In financial services, these technology advances and 
competitive pressures are compounded by increasing regulatory, 
risk and compliance demands. Firms are striving to achieve full 
front-to-back and end-to-end control and digitisation of their 
businesses. They are replacing archaic, inflexible systems and 
manual processes and investing in automation to improve the 
speed, accuracy and efficiency of their data processing. Promising 
technologies such as artificial intelligence are making it onto the 
board agenda as executives think beyond digital transformation 
towards self-learning and self-optimising organisations. Executives 
need to have complete confidence in their data and processes to 
make good decisions, ensure optimal outcomes and protect their 
reputations. This is our vision – to bring digital integrity, agility and 
confidence to the world’s financial institutions. 

“Despite the challenging conditions 
in the year, we have progressed our 
strategy to further reduce the Group’s 
historical reliance on its portfolio of 
legacy businesses and continued our 
progress towards making Clareti 
stand-alone cash profitable. The Clareti 
business now provides Gresham with 
a platform for sustained, profitable, 
organic and in-organic growth.”

08

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Strategic ReportMarkets
Clareti software helps our customers connect, reconcile and 
control the many disparate sources of transaction, finance, risk 
and regulatory data that exist in modern trading ecosystems. 

According to Geert Raeves of Adox Research (2020), “The market 
for reconciliation in capital markets and asset management will 
grow by 5.2% per annum, to reach a size of USD 400m (excluding 
internal IT spend) by 2025”. The market for reconciliation software 
in finance and post-trade operations remains an important 
opportunity for Gresham. Clareti enables firms to handle both core 
(cash and securities) and non-core (other use cases) reconciliations 
and data controls across the enterprise – simplifying the complex 
and scaling up to meet demand. Having initially established a 
strong position in non-core enterprise controls, our objective is 
to secure leadership in the core reconciliation space and 
increase our market share to more than 30%. 

Connectivity, reconciliation and control are also fundamental 
capabilities needed by firms to confidently meet their obligations 
in the area of regulatory reporting. In 2019, the global market for 
regulatory reporting solutions was estimated at USD 330m and it 
is expected to reach USD 1,160m by the end of 2026, with a CAGR 
of 19.5% during 2021–2026. Over the last four years, we have 
secured a pleasing number of sales in the regulatory area and 
our acquisition of Inforalgo has further strengthened our position.

“The overall size of the addressable 
market for Clareti software, and the 
competitiveness of our offerings, 
provides an opportunity for us to build 
out a global financial technology 
company of substantial scale.”

We aim to win a meaningful share of the global market for 
reconciliations and regulatory reporting control software in 
financial services before turning our attention to other industries 
and use cases. Clareti has been successfully adopted in banking, 
investment management, insurance, wealth management, 
energy and commodities, where there are nearly 2,000 firms 
in Gresham’s global target market. We are already regarded as 
an innovative partner to many of the world’s largest financial 
institutions and we aim to deepen those key account relationships 
as well as win new names through direct sales teams in key 
geographies, as well as through OEM agreements and other 
alliances. I believe that the overall size of the addressable market 
for Clareti software, and the competitiveness of our offerings, 
provides an opportunity for us to build out a global financial 
technology company of substantial scale. 

COVID-19 response 
and impact

I am pleased to confirm that your Company has 
continued to remain fully operational around the 
world throughout the current pandemic, and we are 
taking great care to protect our colleagues, partners 
and suppliers, customers and local communities. 

Our Board, major incident team and our wider 
management team moved proactively to protect 
the business as the crisis emerged and continue to 
stay abreast of global developments. Thanks to our 
strong team, good contingency planning, modern 
resilient business systems, established collaboration 
models and flexible working practices, we were able 
to move all global employees seamlessly to 100% 
home working during the week of 9 March 2020. At 
that time, the Company benefited from record levels 
of recurring revenue, a strong book of contracted 
services engagements and good cash reserves; 
nevertheless, with the expectation that the crisis 
would have an inevitable impact on progress of new 
sales, management took swift actions during April 
to preserve cash and protect earnings in a way that 
would not compromise our excellent long-term 
prospects. I am pleased to report that we did not 
need to furlough any staff, or take any loans or 
business relief, in any of our global businesses.

From March until July 2020, many of our customers 
and prospects were focused on their own market 
and operational challenges and unable to devote 
time to new projects and initiatives. After the 
summer, pre-sales engagement levels picked up 
and we were able to requalify our pipeline and move 
projects forward. Whilst new Clareti licence revenues 
were lower than originally planned due to customer 
inertia for a large part of the year, we were pleased 
with the Clareti sales progress as set out below.

Unfortunately, the virus is a long way from being 
defeated and the global economy remains fragile. 
Nevertheless, we are confident in the underlying 
resilience of the financial services market and the 
demand for intelligent automation offerings is strong 
as firms seek to accelerate their digital transformation 
efforts. We have seen a positive uptick in our pipeline 
in recent months which we are confident will 
translate into sales of Clareti solutions.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

09

STRATEGIC REPORTCEO’s statement continued

Clareti sales progress
During 2020, we were pleased to secure initial projects at two 
new Tier 1 global banks adding over £800k to Clareti ARR. Winning 
and growing large “key account” customers is an important 
aspect of our strategy. We look to secure several new name key 
accounts each year and expect to see steady ARR growth in 
these accounts over time coming from new projects, new 
instances or volume upgrades, and product cross-sells. To prove 
the point, in 2020, three existing key accounts committed to 
significant licence upgrades including a Tier 1 bank customer 
which selected Clareti to control its regulatory reporting 
processes across its global business and now has a framework 
contract for future growth. Several smaller new name wins and 
installed base upgrades were also added. In line with our 
strategy, all new agreements signed during the year were 
subscription based. Organic growth in forward-looking Clareti 
ARR was 17%. 

We took the opportunity to refresh and strengthen our sales 
team during the year. We made key management appointments 
in Europe and the US and bolstered the team with several new 
sales and pre-sales hires. Our entrepreneurial direct sales team 
is now maturing into an organisation that can not only win new 
name business, but also manage global and key accounts, build 
out channels and alliances, open up new geographies and sell 
the broader range of product offerings now available to it. We enter 
2021 with a strong team with better market coverage particularly 
in the UK, Europe and Asia. We will continue to expand our US 
sales team given the overall size of the market opportunity, as 
well as building out an inside sales function to support lead 
generation and account management.

Clareti services revenues were lower in 2020 than 2019 in large 
part due to investments we made in order to take our Tier 1 bank 
early adopters live and referenceable. Creating great customer 
references in the market remains key to sustainable growth. 
Our software becomes a mission critical part of our clients’ 
trading operations and the Clareti platform has matured in 
recent years – indeed, its power and robustness were proven 
during an extraordinary year of market volatility with many clients 
processing record volumes. Our customer success team is 
responsible for ensuring successful implementation, adoption 
and value creation for the customer. During 2020, despite 
working remotely, our consulting team successfully ran more 
than 80 projects of varying size and scope, and our support team 
resolved 97% of tickets within our demanding service level 
agreements. We were delighted to win the bobsguide Ranking 
2020 for Best Customer Support in Financial Technology.

Products and solutions for customers
Clareti technology has been applied to solve a wide variety of 
problems, such as data integration, data quality, automation and 
control issues in middle and back office operations as well as 
in front office, straight-through processing ("STP"), regulatory 
reporting and cash management and payments. 

We deliver these capabilities with a flexible enterprise-grade 
platform and the full power of our software can be accessed in 
the cloud, on-premise or deployed into hybrid environments.

Our products or cloud services are now available in two 
primary offerings: 

Clareti Control products
 ▪ The only modern enterprise-grade business self-service 

platform for the reconciliation and control of "any and all" 
transaction data in financial markets.

 ▪ Disrupting markets dominated by legacy vendors whose 
inflexible technology fails to achieve more granular and 
real-time data control, or replacing in-house systems and 
manual processes.

 ▪ Sold as applications for specific use cases including Clareti 
Transaction Control, Clareti Cash Control, Clareti Securities 
Control and Clareti Regulatory Control.

Clareti Connect products
 ▪ A unique service that enables customers to participate in the 

complex inter-connected global financial system without 
having to worry about integration risk, cost and time to market. 

 ▪ Enables institutions to seamlessly connect their banking, 

payments, trading, accounting and regulatory systems and 
external partners with intelligent straight-through processing 
in a way that is reliable and cost effective.

 ▪ Sold primarily as a cloud service bringing together tools and 

software libraries built or acquired by Gresham into a rich menu 
of industry connectivity and data transformation services. 

Data integrity and control – One of our long-standing 
competitive USPs in reconciliations is the ability to ingest and 
match any type of non-standard data, which provided us with 
repeat wins in areas such as derivatives and other alternatives, 
intersystem controls, insurance broking and regulatory reporting 
controls. In June 2020, we signed a large global bank to deploy 
controls across its substantial UK retail and commercial business 
covering a myriad of non-standard data types such as ATMs, and 
payments. This contract further widens our addressable market 
as we look to target US and European regional banks in 2021 
alongside our thrust into capital markets. In December, we 
signed a new global investment bank to implement controls 
within its US markets business.

I am pleased to report that our two Tier 1 bank "early adopter" 
customers that signed in 2019 for global implementations of 
Clareti for post-trade reconciliation of cash and securities both 
went live with initial capabilities during the year. The core product 
development work for Clareti Cash Control and Clareti Securities 
Control is now complete and we are assisting these customers 
with finishing their global roll-outs. We continue to attack the legacy 
vendor duopoly in this part of market and new opportunities are 
emerging as firms firm up their projects for 2021.

10

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Strategic ReportAcquisition 
of Inforalgo

Inforalgo, based in Solihull, UK, are specialists in 
connectivity and intelligent automation solutions 
for financial services institutions enabling 
straight-through processing and real-time 
regulatory reporting. Inforalgo’s in-house developed 
integrated toolkit, provided as a hosted managed 
cloud service or on-premise solution, includes 
over 80 adaptors enabling rapid integration to 
market venues, traders and exchanges.

“This exciting deal will enable us 
to extend our portfolio to include 
further trading and regulatory 
reporting venues alongside 
our bank, ERP and financial 
messaging connectivity services.  
It strengthens our capability 
to offer end-to-end control of 
regulatory reporting for our 
customers, enhances our US 
footprint and creates cross 
and upselling opportunities.”

Stay up to date on our website 
greshamtech.com

Regulatory reporting – The ability to match multiple feeds of 
non-standardised data and check for integrity against complex rules 
in order ensure accuracy and completeness is a key requirement 
of market participants struggling to meet ever-increasing 
challenging regulatory reporting demands. Firms also need the 
ability to resolve exceptions identified in the end-to-end process. 
In 2020, we went live with the implementation of a Consolidated 
Audit Trail solution for a global investment bank, representing our 
largest regulatory implementation to date. We have now 
completed regulatory projects for customers in the UK, Europe, 
the US, Canada, Asia and Australia and gained substantial 
experience. In July 2020, we were able to strengthen our position 
in this market through the acquisition of Inforalgo.

The acquisition of Inforalgo, a niche provider of straight-through 
processing ("STP") software for financial markets, was completed 
for an initial consideration of £2.3m and contingent consideration 
of up to £1.3m dependent on recurring revenue retention at the 
12-month and 18-month anniversaries of completion. The acquisition 
added over £1.2m of annualised recurring revenues (“ARR”) from 
approximately 30 new customers, consisting mainly of global 
banks, asset managers and market infrastructure providers. 
Nearly 90% of the acquired ARR comes from North American 
customers, a key market for Gresham. The financial performance 
in the second half of 2020 was as planned and business 
integration is now complete. We have been pleased with the 
quality of the team, the technology and the customer base.

In recent years, the Inforalgo team had started to apply its rich 
heritage in STP connectivity and valuable know-how towards 
real-time management of regulatory submissions to external 
reporting venues. When this intelligent connectivity capability is 
combined with our reconciliation and exception management 
software, we are able to deliver end-to-end solutions to our 
customers. The Inforalgo leadership team has now taken on 
enhanced roles within Gresham and is driving our product plans 
and sales efforts in this area. 

Cash management and payments – Gresham has a long 
heritage working in corporate cash management through our VBT 
reseller agreement, systems integration projects and, in recent 
years, the application of Clareti technology to data integration or 
matching problems. Having signed a strategic agreement with 
ANZ in 2019 to develop a next generation offering named Clareti 
Cash Management, development work progressed well during 
2020 with key milestones achieved driving incremental licence 
revenues. The solution is on track for go-live in the middle of 
2021 when further ARR licence increases are expected. 

In parallel with this strategic investment, we continue to sell 
our reconciliation and control capabilities and our multi-bank 
connectivity cloud service, acquired from B2 Group, into payments 
and cash management use cases. Several multi-bank clients went 
live in 2020 providing good references. In January 2021, one of 
the world’s leading providers of money processing services 
signed for a new multi-bank connectivity project to integrate 
with its CTC system. It is this combination of “control” and 
“connectivity” functionality that is essential in creating end-to-end 
digital solutions for our cash management customers in much 
the same way that I have described for regulatory reporting.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

11

STRATEGIC REPORTCEO’s statement continued

Other (non‑Clareti) business
Our other, non-Clareti software businesses continued to run 
off as expected during 2020. Our EDT tape storage software 
licensing now contributes less than £0.5m per annum in 
revenues and is expected to decline further in 2021. This was 
offset by a longer than expected tail of residual usage-based 
fees from the sole remaining UK customer of our historical 
reseller arrangement for Cashfac’s VBT software, which finally 
ended in December 2020. 

The Group’s fixed-margin IT services contracting business with 
ANZ slowed as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic in Australia, 
finishing 11% lower than 2019. Monthly billings have already 
recovered to pre-pandemic levels and steady growth is 
expected in the short term.

People and culture
The Gresham team has performed well in an exceptional year 
and that is a testament to the quality of our people and the strong 
culture of collaboration that we have developed. In 2020, many 
of the injustices that exist in society and prejudices that can be 
found in the workplace were highlighted on the global stage. 
During the lockdown in the first half of 2020, we took the 
opportunity to engage in an extremely constructive process 
with our global employees to revisit our values, and we also 
rolled out diversity and inclusion training to our people managers. 
In December, we were pleased to receive our strongest ever 
set of scores from our annual employee engagement survey. 
In 2021, we will be investing in further leadership development 
programmes as well as our ongoing focus on developing talent 
and driving performance. 

Outlook 
We enter 2021 with an installed base of over 120 Clareti customers 
generating annualised recurring revenue of £12.3m, which is 
£2.8m and 29% higher than at the beginning of 2020. We also 
have good visibility of our legacy non-Clareti businesses. As a 
result, the Company is now much more resilient than it has 
been for many years. Whilst COVID-19 is expected to cast its 
dark shadow for at least the rest of the year, we are positive 
about the opportunity that lies ahead for Gresham. Our pipeline 
has strengthened considerably in the last six months and our 
financial services clients are investing into intelligent automation 
solutions to remove manual processes and save costs. We also 
expect to see ongoing spend on regulatory reporting infrastructure. 
We will focus our sales efforts on these growth areas where we 
also believe our technology has significant benefits over legacy 
vendors and newer competitors. We will also continue to look 
for earnings-enhancing acquisitions in these same core markets.

FY2021 has started positively with several new subscriptions 
already signed. Subject to sustaining our new business win rate, 
incremental investment in sales and distribution is planned for the 
second half of the year in order to further strengthen our pipeline 
into 2022 and capitalise on the significant market opportunities. 

Thank you for your ongoing support.

Ian Manocha
Chief Executive
8 March 2021

12

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Strategic ReportInnovation

Innovative 
solutions

Development philosophy
We adopt an agile development strategy and operate a 
continuous programme of enhancements to delight our 
customers and maintain competitive differentiation, delivered 
from our Innovation Labs in Bristol and Innovation Hubs 
in Solihull and Luxembourg.

Whilst Java remains the dominant development language for the 
platform and solutions, we seek to take advantage of new languages 
and capabilities in the wider technology industry. We have adopted 

the Clojure language for some elements of the portfolio to deliver 
both productivity and quality improvements. We are also using 
Kubernetes, originally from Google, to deliver high availability 
and scalability, as well as Kafka, originally from LinkedIn, for 
high-performance data streaming and a set of technologies 
from Netflix for micro-services. We make effective use of 
open-source software for commodity components, preserving 
our own development bandwidth for our own innovations.

Product development platform
We operate a global product development platform using the 
same systems and processes for all of our products. This allows 
us to spend more of our time and resources on productive 
development activities and innovation, and also ensures we can 
integrate new technologies or solutions quickly and consistently. 
We deliver innovative solutions from three main sites, all with 
their unique capabilities and attributes.

Innovation Labs
Bristol, UK
Bristol is our main development centre 
and a showcase for our investment in and approach 
to innovation. Led by Neil Vernon, our widely 
renowned Chief Technology Officer, this location 
is home to almost 50 developers and associated 
roles, and (in normal times) plays host to regular 
customer and industry events. From this nerve 
centre of innovation, our talented team collaborates 
primarily on Clareti Control and banking products as 
well as providing architectural oversight and quality 
control on all other Gresham products.

 ▪ Roadmap, standards

 ▪ Architecture

 ▪ Control products

 ▪ Banking products

Innovation Hub
Solihull, UK
Our Solihull site is our newest, having acquired it 
with the Inforalgo acquisition in July 2020. It includes 
around 20 technical employees who collectively have 
around 100 years of experience in delivering real-time 
straight through-processing ("STP") and regulatory 
services to the financial services industry. The 
team now leads our Clareti Connect development.

 ▪ Connect products

 ▪ Regulatory and STP services

Innovation Hub
Luxembourg, Europe
Luxembourg is an epicentre of financial services 
within the European Union and our office there 
originates from our acquisition of B2 Group in July 
2018. Our Luxembourg team of around 15 people 
is focused on payment services for European and 
UK customers, as part of our wider range of 
Clareti Connect services. This hub also serves as 
our innovation lead for cloud services across all 
our offerings.

 ▪ Cloud platforms

 ▪ Connect products

 ▪ Payment services

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

13

STRATEGIC REPORTBusiness model

Building 
recurring 
revenues

Our business model is to earn 
high-margin, recurring revenues by 
providing innovative software solutions 
for reconciliations and post-trade 
automation, regulatory reporting and 
cash management and payments. 

Our  
strengths

Growing, global market
There is a significant addressable market 
made up of financial institutions and 
large corporates which are grappling with 
increasingly complex data and financial 
control requirements. Structural trends 
are delivering substantial tailwinds. 

CEO's statement 
Page 8

Disruptive technology
Our Clareti platform is best-in-class, 
versatile and scalable and sits at the 
heart of customer workflows. We have 
an exceptional innovation engine and 
a proven track record of bringing 
disruptive solutions to market. 

Innovation 
Page 13

People and culture
We have an exceptional pool of talent that 
incorporates a vital and diverse blend of 
skills and experience. We are committed 
to a culture of integrity and excellence 
and we challenge ourselves to be an 
awesome place to work.

Environmental, social and governance  
Page 26

14

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Strategic ReportOur  
business

Distribution channels
Our global team of sales professionals sells 
directly to customers in our chosen markets, 
principally in the UK, Europe and North America. 
In addition, our bank and technology partners 
provide indirect sales channels. We are developing 
a global alliances network with like-minded 
firms to build distribution capacity. Our sales 
activities are supported by a global marketing 
team based primarily in London, UK. 

Charging model
Our Clareti applications are sold on a 
subscription basis, which combines licensing 
with support and maintenance. This model 
generates higher levels of recurring revenue 
for the Group, which enhances long-term 
profitable growth and provides a platform for 
sound investment decisions. Software licences 
are limited by scope of use and volume 
limitations, providing opportunity for additional 
fees for higher usage or new use cases. 

Deployment
Customer deployments are conducted and 
supported by our customer success team, 
which is made up of experienced professional 
services consultants and specialist support 
technicians. Professional services are typically 
charged on a time and materials basis or at 
a fixed fee for a fixed scope of works. Our 
solutions are available on-premise or in the 
cloud for which we charge additional hosting 
fees. Bank-grade 24/7 support is provided 
from our global hubs in the UK, Luxembourg, 
North America and Australia.

Operations
We manage our business functions on a 
global basis from our London headquarters. 
This includes sales, marketing, professional 
services, customer support, cyber and 
information security, IT systems, finance, 
HR and legal. Our business processes are 
implemented through centralised systems, 
which are designed to support fast-paced, 
entrepreneurial decision making within an 
appropriate control framework. 

Creating 
value

For investors
Our model builds capital value based 
on high levels of recurring revenues and 
sustained growth. A progressive dividend 
policy has been in place since 2018, 
providing further shareholder returns. 

Total shareholder return 
over five years* 

40%

*  Measured by the share price as at 31 December 
2020 plus dividends paid since 1 January 2016, 
divided by the share price at the start of the 
five-year period. 

For customers
Our solutions give customers confidence 
in their data in an increasingly complex 
and regulated environment. Our model 
enables us to continually invest in 
innovation and maintain the value 
proposition of our solutions. 

Total Clareti customers

120+

For employees
Our employees have the opportunity to 
be part of a fast-paced, entrepreneurial 
business, where individuals are valued 
and career aspirations can be fulfilled. 
Corporate success is shared through 
an all-staff share scheme. 

Total employees

150+

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

15

STRATEGIC REPORTStrategy

Our route to 
long-term success

Our strategic plan 
is designed to drive 
profitable growth 
and create long-term 
shareholder value.

1

2

Build a high-margin, 
recurring revenue stream 
based on Clareti software 
and cloud services.

Create a valuable 
financial technology 
business through 
Clareti-led growth 
and complementary 
acquisitions.

Key achievements in 2020
We increased Clareti annualised 
recurring revenues by 29% (see KPIs, 
page 18) despite the challenging 
prevailing conditions. We completed 
our transition to subscription-based 
licensing. 

Key achievements in 2020
We added several key accounts and 
delivered important customer 
implementations. We acquired 
Inforalgo in July 2020, which adds 
valuable, connectivity technology 
to our Clareti portfolio. 

Key performance indicators 
Page 18

Innovation 
Page 13

Key priorities for 2021
We will continue to invest in sales 
capacity and supporting processes 
in all our key locations to deliver 
our growth targets. We will enhance 
our cloud-based offerings and will 
optimise our global operations. 

Key priorities for 2021
Our priority is to deliver organic Clareti 
growth in all of our core regions, 
achieve success for our customers 
and foster long-term relationships. We 
will continue to pursue appropriate 
acquisition opportunities. 

16

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Strategic Report3

Establish Clareti as 
the enterprise data 
integrity platform 
“category leader”.

4

Focus our product 
investment on 
innovative Clareti 
solutions for our 
chosen markets.

5

Retain strategic 
non-Clareti revenues 
to support Clareti-
led growth.

Key achievements in 2020
We ran several successful marketing 
campaigns to promote our brand and 
offerings to our target market. Gresham 
won the WatersTechnology Award for 
Best Buy-Side Reconciliation Platform 
in 2020. 

Key achievements in 2020
We delivered new, market-differentiating 
features and capabilities for our 
solutions to solve known market 
problems. We have adopted new 
technologies to increase reusability of 
IP assets across solutions. 

Key achievements in 2020
We managed our non-Clareti business 
effectively, with revenues ahead of 
our original expectations. We have 
successfully eliminated support risks 
from certain legacy assets. 

Key priorities for 2021
We are seeking high levels of 
customer engagement and 
referenceability. We will build brand 
awareness in our core regions, 
particularly the US. 

Key priorities for 2021
We will enhance our reconciliation 
and regulatory reporting capabilities to 
address known market requirements. 
We will implement artificial intelligence 
within our offerings to improve 
automation and efficiencies for 
our customers. 

Key priorities for 2021
We will continue to monitor the 
viability and business risks of the 
individual non-Clareti lines of business 
and ensure contracts can be serviced 
effectively and profitably. 

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

17

STRATEGIC REPORTKey performance indicators

Measuring  
our progress

The following key performance 
indicators (“KPIs”) have been 
selected as the most 
appropriate measures of 
strategy execution for the 
Group. Performance of these 
KPIs has been discussed 
within the Chairman’s 
Statement, CEO’s Statement 
and Financial Review.

Financial KPIs

Group revenues 

Clareti revenue 

Clareti annualised 
recurring revenues (“ARR”)

£24.8m -1%

£15.5m no change

£12.3m +29%

2020 

2019 

2018 

2017 

24.8

25.0

19.3

21.7

2020 

2019 

2018 

2017 

11.8

11.1

2016 

17.2

2016  7.5

15.5

15.5

2020 

2019 

12.3

9.5

2018 

7.4

2017  5.7

2016

4.6

Links to strategy

11

22

33 44 55

Links to strategy

11

22

33 44 55

Links to strategy

11

22

33 44 55

Description
Total revenue generated and 
recognised in the year from 
all operations, including Clareti 
Solutions and Other Solutions.

Why is it a KPI?
Measures the Group’s overall 
performance at revenue level, 
which is an indicator of the 
Group’s overall size and 
complexity.

Description
Total revenue generated 
and recognised in the year 
from Clareti Solutions.

Why is it a KPI?
Measures the Group’s success 
in winning and retaining Clareti 
revenues, which is an indicator 
of the Group’s progress in its 
Clareti-led strategy.

Description
Aggregate value of all recurring 
revenues from Clareti Solutions 
that are either fully or partially 
contracted for the next twelve 
months and/or are highly 
expected to renew in the next 
twelve months. The value stated 
is given as at 31 December 2020.

Why is it a KPI?
Provides a forward-looking 
view of the minimum expected 
Clareti revenues in the next 
twelve months, which gives 
confidence to business planning 
and investment decisions.

Non-financial KPIs

The Group monitors a range of non-financial performance indicators, including sales pipeline velocity, 
product development velocity, effective billing rates for professional services, customer upsell and 
retention rates, customer health scores and people engagement scores. These indicators are tracked 
operationally but are not considered to be individually appropriate as a measure of overall strategy 
execution success. 

18

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Strategic ReportLinks to strategy
1   Build a high-margin, recurring revenue stream based on Clareti software and cloud services.

2   Create a valuable financial technology business through Clareti-led growth and complementary acquisitions.

3   Establish Clareti as the enterprise data integrity platform “category leader”.

4   Focus our product investment on innovative Clareti solutions for our chosen markets.

5   Retain strategic non-Clareti revenues to support Clareti-led growth.

Adjusted EBITDA1 

Cash adjusted EBITDA1 

Adjusted diluted 
earnings per share1

Net cash 

£4.5m +10%

£0.3m no change

4.0p +100%

£8.9m -7%

2020 

2019 

2018  0.9

2017 

2016 

4.5

4.1

2020

0.3

2019

0.3

2020

2019

4.0

2.0

2020 

2019 

8.9

9.6

2018 

(2.1)

(1.5)

2018

2018 

5.6

5.1

2017 

2.0

2017 

6.51

3.8

2016 0.1

2016  4.67

2017 

2016 

8.5

7.2

Links to strategy

11

22

33 44 55

Links to strategy

11

22

33 44 55

Links to strategy

11

22

33 44 55

Links to strategy

11

22

33 44 55

Description
Group earnings before 
interest, tax, depreciation and 
amortisation, adjusted for 
share-based payment charges, 
impairment of development 
costs and exceptional items. 
Discontinued operations are 
not included in either year.

Why is it a KPI?
Key measure of the Group’s 
effectiveness in converting 
revenue to earnings, excluding 
the effects of certain 
non-operational and/or 
exceptional transactions.

Description
Adjusted EBITDA less 
capitalised development 
spend and any IFRS 16 
lease-related cash payments.

Why is it a KPI?
A reflection of cash generation 
in the year, reflecting the Group’s 
effectiveness in converting 
revenue to cash generation.

Description
Earnings per individual share, 
taking into account changes 
in capital structure and issued 
equity on a fully diluted basis, 
adjusted for share-based 
payment charges, exceptional 
items and amortisation from 
acquired intangible assets.

Why is it a KPI?
Measure of Group profitability 
that identifies performance 
on a per share metric and 
enables comparisons against 
other companies. 

Description
Aggregate net cash balance 
(including bank deposits/
restricted cash) as at 
31 December 2020 including 
bank deposits after operational, 
investing and financing activities 
during the financial year. 

Why is it a KPI?
Provides a measure of the 
Group’s financial strength 
and self-sufficiency to 
support operations, make 
investments and withstand 
unexpected headwinds.

All KPI data excludes discontinued operations, except for profit before tax 
which includes discontinued operations and exceptional items.

Values stated for 2020 include the impact of the acquisition of Inforalgo. 
See note 23 for details.

(1) The adjustments to earnings per 
share and EBITDA have been 
provided in order to present the 
underlying performance of the 
business on a comparable basis 
(see note 4).

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

19

STRATEGIC REPORTPrincipal risks and uncertainties

Our aim is to recognise and address 
the key risks and uncertainties facing 
Gresham at all levels of the business.

There are a number of risk factors that could adversely affect 
the Group’s execution of its strategic plan and, more generally, 
the Group’s operations, business model, financial results, future 
performance, solvency, or the value or liquidity of its equities. 
The Board is committed to addressing these risks by 
implementing systems for effective risk management and 
internal control. A report on the Board’s review of the 

effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and internal 
control systems can be found in the Audit Committee Report 
on page 39.

The Board has performed a robust assessment of the principal 
risks and uncertainties that could threaten Gresham’s business, 
business model, strategies, financial results, future performance, 
solvency or liquidity. The items listed in the table below represent 
the known principal risks and uncertainties, but the table does 
not list all known or potential risks and uncertainties exhaustively. 
Where possible, mitigation steps are taken to safeguard against 
materialised risks. 

Failure to win new Clareti business in line with plan 

Links to strategy 

11

22

33 44 55

Description
Winning new Clareti business is central to our strategic growth 
plan. Failure to do so would directly impact our achievement of 
overall objectives or lengthen the period taken to achieve them. 
Specifically, failure to win new Clareti contracts early enough in 
the year reduces the revenue recognisable from new contracts in 
the year, and would potentially jeopardise our ability to deliver the 
implementations and recognise the associated revenues in the year.

Commentary
We continue to see strong market demand for Clareti solutions 
but sales cycles have become even more unpredictable as 
a result of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. This presents 
unquantifiable risks to achieving our short-term growth 
aspirations and business plan. Nevertheless, we are pleased 
with the Group’s resilience in 2020 and the notable sales 
successes achieved, despite the challenging market conditions. 

Misdirected product, operational or strategic investments 

Links to strategy 

11

22

33 44 55

Description
Our model is to invest in product development and other areas 
to support Clareti-led organic growth. Strategic investments 
such as acquisitions present opportunity for accelerated growth. 
Failing to achieve meaningful returns on investments would 
hinder the Group’s strategic growth plan and potentially 
jeopardise the Group’s position in the market and its prospects. 

Commentary
Our ongoing investments in product innovation are an essential 
part of our strategy. In 2020, we have invested significantly to 
deliver market-differentiating enhancements to key customers, 
which we believe will provide significant sales opportunities in 
the wider market. The acquisition of Inforalgo in July 2020 has 
been fully integrated and is expected to deliver a strong return 
on investment in 2021 and beyond. 

Product and service delivery failures 

Links to strategy 

11

22

33 44 55

Description
Issues or failures with our software products or services could 
lead to failed implementations, project delays, cost overruns, data 
loss, security issues, customer dissatisfaction, early termination, 
service level breaches and contractual claims, all of which could 
adversely impact the Group’s revenues, earnings and reputation. 

Commentary
We successfully completed several projects in the year. Often, 
our enterprise customers have complex data requirements, 
which can render implementation projects particularly 
challenging. We operate a clear methodology to align 
expectations from the outset, manage projects effectively and 
minimise issues or delays, but this is not always possible. 
Where necessary, we invest time and resource to rectify errors 
and minimise contractual, commercial and reputational risks. 

Links to strategy
1   Build a high-margin, recurring revenue stream based on Clareti software and cloud services.

2   Create a valuable financial technology business through Clareti-led growth and complementary acquisitions.

3   Establish Clareti as the enterprise data integrity platform “category leader”.

4   Focus our product investment on innovative Clareti solutions for our chosen markets.

5   Retain strategic non-Clareti revenues to support Clareti-led growth.

20

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Strategic ReportAccelerated decline in non-Clareti revenues 

Links to strategy 

11

22

33

44

55

Description
Non-Clareti revenues provide a strong contribution to revenues, 
earnings and cash flow and are key to short-term financial success 
and ongoing investments in Clareti. Whilst the Group expects 
these contributions to decline over time, an unexpected or 
accelerated decline could have an immediate and significant 
impact on financial KPIs due to short-term planning assumptions. 

Commentary
Risks in the non-Clareti portfolio have remained stable this 
year and we expect this to remain the case in 2021. We 
regularly review individual portfolio risks and will consider 
strategic options such as discontinuations or disposals in 
mitigation where risk reaches unacceptable levels.

Economic, international trade and market conditions 

Links to strategy 

11

22

33

44

55

Description
The Group is generally exposed to political, economic, trade, 
market and public health risk factors, such as global or 
localised economic downturn, changing international trade 
relationships, foreign exchange fluctuations, consolidation or 
insolvency of existing or prospective customers or competitor 
products, all of which could significantly threaten Gresham’s 
performance and prospects. 

Commentary
In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we activated our 
incident response plans in March 2020 and we successfully 
continued to operate without interruption and at full capacity. 
However, the Group’s ability to win new business was adversely 
affected in 2020 due to the impact on our customer base, 
and we expect 2021 to carry similar challenges and risks. 
Aside from that, international trade conditions are gradually 
improving with the confirmation of the UK-EU Brexit deal at 
the end of 2020 and the new US administration in early 2021. 

People risks 

Links to strategy 

11

22

33 44 55

Description
A loss or material issue with key members of staff could cause 
material disruption and a skills shortage. Competitor poaching 
could result in intellectual property leakage. Staff misconduct, 
negligence or fraud could cause Gresham significant 
reputational damage and potential financial loss. 

Commentary
People risks were stable in the year and this is expected to 
continue. Staff retention was high in the year and the results 
of our annual staff survey confirm that staff are highly engaged. 
We have refreshed our corporate values and are reviewing our 
policies and processes to ensure our staff remain highly 
engaged and productive and to minimise people-related risks. 

IP, data and cyber risks 

Links to strategy 

11

22

33

44

55

Description
A significant IP loss, third party IP challenge, data loss, security 
breach or cyber attack could significantly threaten Gresham’s 
ability to do business, particularly in the short term, and could 
result in significant financial loss.

Commentary
Like all businesses, Gresham is exposed to an increasing range 
of cyber attacks but there were no material incidents in the 
year. We appointed a Head of Information Security in 2020 
and we have also enhanced our security-related systems and 
processes, which we will continue to do as we work towards 
achieving internationally recognised security accreditations. 

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

21

STRATEGIC REPORTFinancial review

A successful year 
for the Group

Revenues
Our income is analysed between revenues from Clareti Solutions 
and from Other Solutions, as shown in the table on the next page. 

Clareti Solutions
Despite the tough trading conditions created by the COVID-19 
pandemic, the strategically important high-margin Clareti recurring 
revenues recognised in the year grew by 11%, up £1.1m to £11.5m. 
More importantly, the forward-looking Clareti annualised recurring 
revenues experienced growth of 29%, up £2.8m to £12.3m, 
providing further predictability going forward. The acquisition of 
Inforalgo on 29 July 2020, contributed £0.6m and £1.2m of this 
growth respectively. In line with the Group’s strategy to focus on 
the aforementioned high-quality recurring revenues, there were 
no non-recurring licence fees generated in 2020, a reduction of 
£0.7m on the prior year. 

Clareti services revenues were down 9% to £4.0m from £4.4m. 
This reduction was due to a combination of investment time to 
successfully deliver the ongoing implementation projects arising 
from the large strategic Clareti software licences sold to customers 
during 2019, and a period of lower generation of new services 
business due to COVID-19.

Other Solutions
Revenues from Other Solutions decreased 2% to £9.3m, which 
significantly exceeded expectations. 

Other software revenues from partners were up 19% to £3.1m 
as a result of one of our legacy partner relationships increasing 
its usage of the already installed software, which is offset by 
reductions from another customer which has finally migrated 
away from the software after notifying us of its intent to do so 
during 2017. The ongoing arrangements have an approximate net 
margin of 50%. 

Other software revenues from our remaining legacy products 
continued to decrease as planned as customers moved off from 
ageing platforms to newer technologies. Attrition is expected to 
persist as these technology shifts continue, although the longevity 
of these very old legacy products continues to surpass our 
expectations and still attracts a net margin exceeding 90%. 

Contracting services are provided to ANZ, a strategically important 
Australian banking customer, which generate a contractually 
fixed net contribution to the Group of 13%. Contracts are typically 
signed for twelve months, giving strong visibility of the expected 
near-term revenues, although these do fluctuate as resource 
requirements change. Whilst 9% down on the prior year, our 
original expectations were significantly exceeded due to 
additional resource requests being made during the year.

“Despite the tough trading conditions 
created by the COVID-19 pandemic, 
the strategically important high-margin 
Clareti recurring revenues recognised in 
the year grew by 11%, up £1.1m to £11.5m. 
More importantly, the forward-looking 
Clareti annualised recurring revenues 
experienced growth of 29%, up £2.8m 
to £12.3m, providing further predictability 
going forward.”

22
22

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Strategic ReportClareti Solutions

Other Solutions

Total from continuing 
operations – note 3

Discontinued

Total revenue

Annualised recurring revenue 
as at 31 December 2020

Recurring
Non-recurring

Software
Services

Total

Software – Partners
Software – Own solutions
Services
Contracting services

Total

Software – Own solutions

Clareti
Other

Total

Earnings (continuing operations only) 
Group

Gross margin
Gross margin

Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA

Cash adjusted EBITDA
Cash adjusted EBITDA

Statutory profit/(loss) after tax

Adjusted diluted EPS

£m
£m

£m
£m

£m

£m
£m
£m
£m

£m

 £m

£m

 £m

£m
£m

£m

£m
%

£m
%

£m
%

£m

KPI

KPI

KPI

KPI

KPI

KPI
KPI

KPI
KPI

KPI

pence

2020

11.5
—

11.5
4.0

15.5

3.1
0.6
0.7
4.9

9.3

24.8

 —

24.8

12.3 
3.5

15.8

2020

20.9
84%

4.5
22%

0.3
1%

1.3

3.96

2019

10.4
0.7

11.1
4.4

15.5

2.6
0.8
0.7
5.4

9.5

25.0

 0.1

25.1

 9.5 
 2.8 

12.3 

2019

21.0
84%

4.1
20%

0.3
1%

(0.1)

1.99

Variance

%

1.1
(0.7)

0.4
(0.4)

—

0.5
(0.2)
—
(0.5)

(0.2)

(0.2)

 (0.1)

(0.3)

2.8
0.7

3.5

Variance

(0.1)
—

0.4
2%

—
—

1.4

1.97

11%
(100%)

4%
(9%)

—

19%
(25%)
—
(9%)

(2%)

(1%)

(100%) 

(1%)

29%
25%

28%

%

—

10%

—

n/a

99%

Across all business segments, the majority of our cost of sales is 
made up of: (i) the customer-specific third party costs incurred 
in providing our hosted cloud solutions; and (ii) third party 
contractor costs incurred by our contracting services business 
(individuals we bring on our payroll as fixed-term employees to 
provide this service are recorded in administration costs). 

Operating performance is analysed excluding exceptional items, 
share-based payment charges, amortisation from acquired 
intangible assets and impairment of development costs, which is 
consistent with the way in which the Board reviews the financial 
results of the Group. This is also consistent with the manner in 
which similar small-cap LSE (or AIM) listed companies present 
their results and how we understand the investment community 
assesses performance, with this particularly being the case for 
growth shares in which the recurring cash performance is 
considered important. 

There has been an increase in statutory profit after tax from a 
loss of £0.1m to a profit of £1.3m; refer to the taxation section 
below for details of this variance.

Included below are tables and commentary for each of our key 
business segments which describe the underlying trends in gross 
margin, adjusted EBITDA and cash adjusted EBITDA. Cash adjusted 
EBITDA, which adjusts EBITDA for capitalised development 
spend and any IFRS 16 lease-related cash expenses classified 
as depreciation and interest, has also improved since the prior 
year. Adjusted EBITDA and cash adjusted EBITDA are not IFRS 
measures nor are they considered to be a substitute for, or 
superior to, any IFRS measures. They are not directly comparable 
to other companies.

Clareti Solutions

Gross margin
Gross margin

Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA

Cash adjusted EBITDA
Cash adjusted EBITDA

£m
%

£m
%

£m
%

2020

14.5
94%

1.2
8%

(2.9)
(19%)

2019

14.4
93%

0.6
4%

(3.1)
(20%)

Variance

0.1
1%

0.6
4%

0.2
1%

%

1%

100%

5%

KPI
KPI

KPI
KPI

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

23

STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial review continued

Earnings (continuing operations only) continued
Despite the challenging global environment, our key growth business, Clareti, has seen an improvement since 2019 across all margin 
metrics. Our original 2020 plans for Clareti anticipated that Clareti would be close to a break-even cash adjusted EBITDA position and 
we are pleased to be reporting a continued trend in this direction. This outcome is as a result of careful management of costs during 
the COVID-19 related uncertainty of Q2 and Q3. As our confidence in generating new Clareti business increased during Q3, we increased 
investment, particularly focused on the distribution of Clareti during Q4 to support organic growth in 2021. Our product development 
team spent more time on new future revenue-generating Clareti features and functions than the prior year; hence, there was an 
increase in the proportion of development spend being capitalisable, which improved adjusted EBITDA but does not affect cash 
adjusted EBITDA.

Other Solutions (software)

Gross margin
Gross margin

Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA

Cash adjusted EBITDA
Cash adjusted EBITDA

£m
%

£m
%

£m
%

2020

2.8
63%

2.6
60%

2.6
60%

2019

2.9
71%

2.8
67%

2.8
67%

Variance

(0.1)
(8%)

(0.2)
(7%)

(0.2)
(7%)

%

(3%)

(7%)

(7%)

KPI
KPI

KPI
KPI

As noted above, our Other Solutions business saw the expected reduction in our high-margin own solutions business, offset by an 
increase in usage fees generated from a legacy partner arrangement. Costs of sales in this business segment are fixed-margin reseller 
fees, with operating expenses being equivalent to 1.5 full-time equivalent employees to service these portfolios. This business segment 
is not core to Gresham’s strategy and our primary objective is to operate it as profitably as possible and at minimal risk. 

Other Solutions (contracting services)

Gross margin
Gross margin

Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA

Cash adjusted EBITDA
Cash adjusted EBITDA

£m
%

£m
%

£m
%

2020

3.7
75%

0.6
13%

0.6
13%

2019

3.7
69%

0.7
13%

0.7
13%

Variance

—
6%

(0.1)
—

(0.1)
—

%

—

(14%)

(14%)

KPI
KPI

KPI
KPI

As noted above, we provide contracting services to ANZ, at a 
fixed net margin of 13%. Fees are paid six monthly in advance, 
providing a helpful contribution to working capital, but otherwise 
this business segment is not strategically important and will 
continue to be managed with negligible administrative overheads. 

Exceptional items
During the year, the Group recognised exceptional costs of 
£0.4m, of which: (i) £0.2m were acquisition costs in relation to 
the acquisition of Inforalgo on 29 July 2020; and (ii) £0.2m 
related to a restructuring in July 2020 upon the expiry of the 
earn-out period relating to the acquisition of the B2 Group in 
July 2018. There were no material exceptional costs during 2019.

There was no material exceptional income during 2020. During 2019, 
the Group recognised exceptional income of £2.0m arising from 
the sale of the VME software business to Fujitsu in January 2019. 

“We continue to invest in the 
Clareti business, namely in 
distribution, product and 
customer success, in order to 
ensure that we are best placed 
to take advantage of the 
significant market opportunities.”

Taxation
For the year ended 31 December 2020, the Group has recorded 
a net tax credit of £1.0m (2019: charge of £0.4m). The material 
drivers for the variance from the prior year being: additional 
taxation of £0.4m being generated in 2019 upon the sale of the 
VME business; 2020 accounting for the benefit of two years’ 
worth of credit in relation to research and development activities; 
2020 benefiting from a £0.2m release of 2019 overseas tax 
provisions; and £0.3m of deferred tax assets being generated 
upon grants of matching shares during the year and increase in 
share price throughout the year. 

Cash flow
The Group’s financial position remained very strong throughout 
2020, despite the outflow of £2.3m for the initial consideration 
to acquire Inforalgo, ending the year with cash of £8.9m and no 
debt (2019: £9.6m and no debt). 

Operating cash flow excluding working capital has decreased 
by £0.1m to £4.1m in the year. 

The reduction in the movement in working capital of £1.7m 
is largely explained by the fact that 2019 included an initial 
three-year prepayment of £3.0m from the £1.0m per annum 
subscription licence that became non-contingent in March 2019. 

The Group received tax receipts of £1.3m in the year during 2020 as 
a result of research and development activities performed during 
2018 and 2019 where enhanced relief is available (2019: received 
£1.4m in relation to 2016 and 2017). Tax payments were made in the 
year of £0.5m (2019: £0.1m), the increase on the prior year largely as 
a result of increased profitability in the US and Australia and full 
utilisation of historical Australian tax losses having occurred. 

24

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Strategic Report 
 
 
 
 
 
The capitalised development expenditure of £3.5m has increased 
by £0.2m from the prior year. This is due to an increased portion 
of product development effort being spent on new product or 
new product features in comparison to the prior year. 

During 2019, the Group received a net amount of £1.7m through 
the sale of its legacy VME business. No equivalent business sale 
occurred during 2020. 

During 2019, the Group purchased a total of £1.0m of its own 
shares in the period, £0.1m being in respect of employee bonuses 
for FY2018 and £0.9m to pre-fund employee and executive 
bonus and long-term incentive schemes in future years. No such 
share purchase occurred during 2020. 

The Group received £0.5m upon the exercise of share options 
during the year (2019: £0.1m). 

As was the case in the prior year, with increasing Clareti sales 
from the growing annuity base and new customer wins, coupled 
with tight cost control on planned investments, we expect the 
cash-generation capacity of the business to continue and are 
looking at opportunities to best utilise the excess cash 
generated. In order to maximise our returns, we plan to increase 
levels of investment in distribution and customer success, whilst 
continuing to invest excess cash efficiently in bank deposits and 
giving appropriate consideration to M&A opportunities.

Operating cash flow excluding working capital 
Movement in working capital
Net tax receipts
Capital expenditure – development costs
Capital expenditure – other
Principal paid on lease liabilities
Acquisition (net of cash acquired)
Sale of discontinued operation
Purchase of own shares in employee benefit trust
Shares issued upon option exercises
Dividend
Other

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and financial assets

Cash

£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m

£m

£m

Consolidated statement of financial position
Intangible fixed assets have increased from £25.6m to £31.1m, 
largely as a result of the Inforalgo acquisition on 29 July 2020. 

Trade receivables have reduced from £3.3m to £2.5m. This 
reduction is largely as a result of an unusually high receivables 
balance from an Australian customer in December 2019 related to 
our fixed-margin contracting services business, for which there was 
a corresponding payable at the time. This is also the reason 
behind the decrease in trade payables from £1.6m to £0.9m. 

Non-current contract liabilities have reduced from £1.3m to £0.1m, 
as our standard model with customers has been to collect 
payments annually in advance as opposed to collecting multiple 
years in advance as was the case with a large three-year subscription 
licence signed in 2018. Non-current contingent consideration of 
£0.3m and current contingent consideration of £0.9m has been 
recognised in relation to the acquisition of Inforalgo. 

Current contract liabilities have increased from £8.8m to £11.0m, 
due to the deferred revenue acquired from the Inforalgo acquisition 
and also the increase in Clareti ARR which is typically invoiced 
annually in advance.

Financial outlook
In light of the COVID-19 challenges of 2020, the Group is very 
pleased with the financial outcome of the year – particularly 
achieving a 17% organic growth rate in Clareti ARR, bolstered to 
29% with the successful Inforalgo acquisition. Whilst this level of 
organic growth was lower than we had originally planned, we 
expect to be able to return closer to pre-COVID-19 Clareti organic 
growth rates in 2021. In prior year reports, I commented on our 
strategy to deliver consistent Clareti growth and drive more 
predictability into the business through a focus on generating 
higher levels of Clareti recurring revenues rather than initial 
licence fees – it is now satisfying and to the benefit of the 

2020

4.1
0.6
0.8
(3.5)
(0.1)
(0.6)
(1.9)
—
—
0.5
(0.5)
(0.1)

(0.7)

8.9

2019

4.2
2.1
1.3
(3.3)
(0.2)
(0.4)
—
1.7
(1.0)
0.1
(0.3)
0.1

4.3

9.6

Variance

(0.1)
(1.5)
(0.5)
(0.2)
0.1
(0.2)
(1.9)
(1.7)
1.0
0.4
(0.2)
(0.2)

(5.0)

(0.7)

%

(2%)
(71%)
(38%)
(6%)
50%
(50%)
n/a
(100%)
100%
400%
(67%)
(200%)

(116%)

(7%)

business to confirm that we have completed this transition. 

The other (non-Clareti) software portfolio continues to surpass 
expectations, with customers requiring extensions to contracts as 
they struggle to migrate to newer or alternative platforms. Whilst 
such extensions can generate short-term revenue spikes, these 
portfolios remain in long-term decline, as demonstrated by the 
previously significant non-Clareti UK banking customer that finally 
completed its migration after declaring its intent to do so in 2017. 
We continue to plan for these portfolios to decline. We expect 
our contracting services business to remain stable in 2021. 

Overall, we have further increased levels of revenue predictability 
throughout the Group. This predictability comes from the 
significantly increased Clareti recurring revenue base, which has 
been complemented by the Inforalgo acquisition, high levels of 
contracted backlog of Clareti services for ongoing implementations 
and innovation services and a high portion of the non-Clareti 
portfolio already being under contract for 2021. This was the case 
as we entered 2020 and is the case to an even greater degree as 
we enter 2021. With this in mind, we continue to invest in the 
Clareti business, namely in distribution, product and customer 
success, in order to ensure that we are best placed to take 
advantage of the significant market opportunities.

Tom Mullan
Chief Financial Officer
8 March 2021

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

25

STRATEGIC REPORTEnvironmental, social and governance 

Valued, engaging, 
responsible employer

People and culture
Our aim is to be a highly valued, engaging 
and responsible employer across the 
Group, where our people uphold our core 
values and are encouraged to excel. We 
challenge ourselves to be an inclusive 
and collaborative place to be successful. 

We know that our people are key to our collective expertise and 
growth plans. Our business model is to attract, retain and 
develop talented individuals to help us deliver our long-term 
objective of becoming one of the world’s leading providers of 
enterprise financial technology solutions. We seek to foster a 
culture of innovation and empowerment where talent, enterprise 
and collaboration are recognised and rewarded. 

26

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Strategic ReportAttracting, retaining and developing our talent
We implement Group-wide strategies designed to attract, retain 
and develop our people that reflect the local geographic and 
industry economic climate. These strategies include competitive 
terms and conditions, a defined contribution pension scheme, 
consideration of family and personal needs, training and career 
development coaching, and a wide range of other flexible 
benefits designed to reflect the Group’s culture and values. Our 
performance-related pay structures include an Annual Bonus 
Scheme, which is linked to personal objectives and wider team 
and Group objectives. The Annual Bonus Scheme is complemented 
by our employee share scheme, which is designed to align employee 
incentives with shareholder interests through the award of shares. 

Our hiring model is based on creating an agile, highly motivated 
and collaborative international teams. Our strength comes from 
collaboration between seasoned professionals with deep client 
industry experience and some of the brightest technology talent 
on the market. 

We also “hire for attitude”, placing great importance on our 
values, effective team working and customer success.

We operate our own bespoke leadership development programme. 
This programme is designed to equip all of our people leaders 
with the fundamental tools, techniques and resources to coach 
and mentor their teams to deliver a winning performance. 
Alongside this we support personal and professional growth 
encouraging our people to develop their technical competency as 
well as interpersonal skills and those related to our values-based 
behaviours. We create space to do this by encouraging our 
people to spend 5% of their time on professional development.

Engaging with our people
We listen to our people. We have an “always on” approach to 
employee engagement and communications including regular 
meetings within individual teams throughout the Group, 
regular Group-wide communications and confidential feedback 
mechanisms and engagement surveys. Performance appraisals 
happen formally at mid and full year, but we encourage ongoing 
dialogue and continuous performance management coaching 
conversations throughout the year to ensure that our people are 
getting support and feedback in order to be successful in their 
roles and to continuing growing at Gresham.

Trust is vital in order to support and promote the exceptional 
levels of employee engagement we enjoy and helps to ensure that 
the working environment balances wellbeing, provides motivating 
opportunities for growth and operates with compassion.

Early career programme
Our early career entry programme is one of the ways that we 
attract promising new colleagues to the business. Our graduate 
and apprenticeship paths within our professional services, 
development and IT teams have been running for several years 
with minimal attrition. We are expanding this programme in 2021 
following its success.

Community
As a company that uses the power of technology to improve the way 
organisations operate, we are committed to supporting, developing 
and helping to educate the future workforce about this sector.

We are proud to be Business Class members of and advisers to 
The Prince’s Responsible Business Network, through our partnership 
with Business in the Community (“BITC”). BITC’s vision is to make 
the UK the world leader at responsible business, through inspiring, 
engaging and challenging businesses to tackle some of global 
society’s biggest issues. 

Charity
We work with charities to responsibly recycle our old, used IT 
equipment. One of these charities is Learning Partnership West, 
a charity that works to ensure no child or young person is left 
without help and that children and young people are supported 
to build their own resilience and capability. It builds on the 
strengths, abilities and talents of children and young people 
to encourage and inspire future aspiration. 

Each quarter, we donate £1 for each support call made to our 
customer support centres to three local charities. These three 
charities are chosen by ballot by our global teams and often 
have a personal connection with employees. 

In 2020, instead of a Christmas Party, each of our offices chose 
local charities and donated the money that would have been 
spent to support those in need due to the pandemic. Different 
charities were chosen ranging from those redistributing surplus 
food to local community projects, assisting families in need, 
helping the homeless and supporting mental health. One such 
charity was Digilocal, a Bristol charity helping young people 
particularly from disadvantaged groups learn tech and distributing 
laptops to families to enable children to access remote learning.

Our core values
We Embrace Difference
We value different backgrounds, experience, expertise 
and ways of thinking. We encourage curiosity and 
respect every individual, recognising that everyone 
has the potential to bring something extraordinary 
to the table. We each apply our unique talents with 
passion and integrity and we are all committed to 
making Gresham an exceptional place to work. 

We Create Together
Working together with our colleagues, customers and 
partners, we create energy and a dynamic approach 
to challenge the norm and find innovative ways to 
solve problems. Through open discussion and 
feedback, healthy debate and continuous learning, 
we combine the virtues of experience and fresh 
thinking. We operate at pace, taking the lead where 
appropriate, ensuring that we work together to 
seamlessly deliver outstanding products and services.

We Champion Success
We are passionate about delivering successful 
outcomes for our customers and employees, as well 
as our industry and our community. Our nimble 
approach means that we can adapt to our customers’ 
individual ways of working, taking ownership for 
delivering the wow factor, delighting customers 
and enabling our business and our people to grow 
and flourish.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

27

STRATEGIC REPORTEnvironmental, social and governance continued 

Ethical business practices
We are committed to corporate sustainability and to an ethical 
and principled approach of doing business.

Human rights
This includes recognising and supporting the protection of human 
rights around the world. Gresham is guided by internationally 
proclaimed fundamental principles such as those set out in the 
United Nations Universal Declaration of Human Rights. Gresham’s 
key principles in relation to human rights are guided by the Ten 
Principles of the UN Global Compact. 

Modern slavery
Modern slavery is a crime and a violation of fundamental human 
rights. We have a zero-tolerance approach to modern slavery and 
we are committed to acting ethically and with integrity in all our 
business dealings and relationships and to implementing and 
enforcing effective systems and controls to ensure modern 
slavery is not taking place anywhere in our own business or in 
any of our supply chains. 

We are also committed to ensuring there is transparency in our 
own business and in our approach to tackling modern slavery 
throughout our supply chains, consistent with our disclosure 
obligations under the Modern Slavery Act 2015. We expect the 
same high standards from all of our contractors, suppliers and 
other business partners and, wherever possible as part of our 
contracting processes, we include specific prohibitions against 
the use of forced, compulsory or trafficked labour, or anyone 
held in slavery or servitude, whether adults or children, and we 
expect that our suppliers will hold their own suppliers to the 
same high standards.

Anti‑corruption and bribery
The Company is committed to applying the highest standards of 
ethical conduct and integrity to its business activities in the UK 
and overseas. The Company does not tolerate any form of bribery, 
whether direct or indirect, by, or of, its employees, officers, 
agents or consultants or any persons or companies acting for 
it or on its behalf. The Directors and senior management are 
committed to implementing and enforcing effective systems 
throughout the Company to prevent, monitor and eliminate 
bribery, in accordance with its obligations under the Bribery Act 
2010 and equivalent legislation overseas.

Equal opportunity
The Company is an equal opportunity employer; we celebrate 
diversity and are dedicated to creating an inclusive environment for 
all employees. We are committed to ensuring that our workplaces 
are free from unlawful or unfair discrimination in accordance with 
applicable legislation and our values. We are determined to ensure 
that no applicant or employee receives less favourable treatment 
on the grounds of gender, age, disability, religion, belief, sexual 
orientation, marital status, or race, or is disadvantaged by 
conditions or requirements which cannot be shown to be 
justifiable. This includes upholding the following principles:

 ▪ recruitment and employment decisions are made on the basis 

of fair and objective criteria;

 ▪ person and job specifications are limited to those 

requirements which are necessary for the effective 
performance of the job;

 ▪ interviews are conducted on an objective basis; personal or 
home commitments will not form the basis of employment 
decisions except where necessary and relevant; and

 ▪ all employees have a right to equality of opportunity. Our 

policies and practices aim to promote an environment that is 
free from all forms of unlawful or unfair discrimination and 
values the diversity of all people. We seek to treat all 
applicants and employees fairly and with dignity and respect.

Gender analysis
At 31 December 2020, the Group had the following split of gender 
of staff:

Executive Directors

Senior managers

Staff

Non-Executive Directors

Female

Male

Total

—

2 

26

28

2 

2

6

118

126

2 

2

8

144

154

4 

28

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Strategic ReportFor the purposes of global greenhouse gas emissions data for the 
year ended 31 December 2020, the following disclosure is made:

Emissions from

Electricity, heat, 
steam and cooling 
purchased for own 
use – tonnes of 
CO₂e
Group’s chosen 
intensity 
measurement
Emissions reported 
above normalised 
to tonnes of CO₂e 
per total 
£1,000,000 revenue

UK

Group

31 December
2020

31 December
2019

31 December
2020

31 December
2019

24

35

37

62

2.3

3.1

1.5

3.1

The Group’s total energy consumption for the year ended 
31 December 2020 was 158,000 kWh.

Emissions data has been reported for Gresham’s operations in 
the UK, Luxembourg and Australia, with locations in Malaysia, 
North America and Singapore considered not material to the 
scope of this reporting. 

In order to express Gresham’s annual emissions in relation 
to a quantifiable factor associated with the Group’s activities, 
the Directors have used revenue as Gresham’s intensity ratio 
as this is the most relevant indication of its growth and provides 
for the best comparative measure over time.

Environment
Policy statement
Whilst the nature of our activities is such that the Group does 
not have a significant impact on the environment relative to 
other industries, we recognise that we have a duty to manage 
our business affairs and operations in a sustainable and 
responsible manner. This includes minimising the impact of our 
activities on the environment and supporting environmental 
initiatives relevant to our industry. To achieve this, Gresham’s 
environmental strategy consists of the following:

 ▪ minimising waste;

 ▪ minimising toxic emissions;

 ▪ actively promoting recycling in all of its locations;

 ▪ meeting or exceeding all applicable environmental legislation 

that relates to Gresham;

 ▪ supporting, adopting and/or promoting industry initiatives 

designed to address environmental issues specific to 
Gresham’s sector;

 ▪ where practical, seeking to purchase products that uphold 
industry-leading environmental standards rather than ones 
that do not; and

 ▪ encouraging the adoption of similar principles by its suppliers.

Climate change
The Group does not consider that there are any risks associated 
with climate change impacting the Gresham Group. 

Carbon emissions 
This section includes Gresham’s mandatory reporting of greenhouse 
gas emissions pursuant to the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic 
Report and Directors’ Report) Regulations 2013 (the “Regulations”).

Gresham’s reporting year is the same as its fiscal year, being the 
year ended 31 December 2020. This greenhouse gas reporting year 
has been established to align with our financial reporting year.

Gresham reports emissions data using an operational control 
approach to define organisational boundary, which meets the 
definitional requirements of the Regulations in respect of those 
emissions for which it is responsible. Gresham has reported on 
all material emission sources which it deems itself to be responsible 
for. These sources align with Gresham’s operational control and 
financial control boundaries. Gresham does not have responsibility 
for any emission sources that are beyond the boundary of 
Gresham’s operational control. For example, business travel other 
than by car (including, for example, commercial flights or railways) 
and fully managed offices are not within Gresham’s operational 
control and, therefore, are not considered to be its responsibility.

The methodology used to calculate Gresham’s emissions is 
based on the “Environmental Reporting Guidelines: including 
mandatory greenhouse gas emissions reporting guidance” 
(June 2013) and “The Companies (Directors’ Report) and Limited 
Liability Partnerships (Energy and Carbon Report) Regulations 
2018” issued by the Department for Environment, Food 
and Rural Affairs (“Defra”). Gresham has also utilised Defra’s 
2016 conversion factors within the reporting methodology.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

29

STRATEGIC REPORTSection 172(1) statement

Section 172(1) of the Companies Act 2006 provides that a 
director of a company must act in the way he considers, 
in good faith, would be most likely to promote the success 
of the company for the benefit of its members as a whole, 
and in doing so have regard (amongst other matters) to:

a)  the likely consequences of any decision in the long term;

b) the interests of the company’s employees;

c)  the need to foster the company’s business relationships 

with suppliers, customers and others;

d) the impact of the company’s operations on the community 

and the environment;

e)  the desirability of the company maintaining a reputation 

for high standards of business conduct; and

f)  the need to act fairly as between members of the company.

This section describes how the Directors have had regard to the 
matters set out in section 172(1)(a)–(f) of the Companies Act 2016 
and forms the Directors’ statement required under section 
414CZA of that Act. In making this statement, the Directors 
have focused on matters of strategic importance to the 
Group, having regard to the size and complexity of its business.

Stakeholder group

Investors

Statement of Corporate Governance 
Page 36

Workforce

Environmental, social and governance 
Page 26

Share schemes 
Page 93

Customers

CEO's statement 
Page 8

Innovation 
Page 13

Suppliers

To ensure that we operate our business 

We nominate senior business contacts to 

We did not make any strategic decisions 

effectively and without disruption.

manage our key supplier relationships. They 

in the year affecting suppliers.

30

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Why engagement is important

How management and/or Directors engage

Strategic decisions in the year

To communicate our long-term strategic 

Use of the AGM, analyst presentations, 

We acquired Inforalgo in July 2020 which 

objectives effectively and promote 

investor presentations, a bi-annual capital 

enhanced the Company’s value proposition 

long-term holdings.

markets day.

and provides further growth opportunities.

To secure investor support for our 

Individual investor meetings with the CEO, 

We adopted a new performance share 

strategic objectives and ensure access to 

CFO, Chairman and/or committee chairs.

plan, designed to align interests of key 

capital to deliver on our execution plans.

employees with shareholders. We 

consulted with investors in advance and 

made adjustments based on feedback. 

To deliver our long-term strategic objectives.

Use of transparent, anonymous workforce 

We reviewed our corporate values and 

To maintain competitive advantage 

and deliver market-leading solutions 

engagement surveys, with commitments 

sought extensive input from our people 

to address areas of concern.

to create new corporate values. 

to our customers.

Ad hoc initiatives such as mental health 

We managed a transition from office-based 

To promote our culture, purpose and values, 

foster a healthy working environment for our 

social events.

workforce, support their wellbeing and be a 

Use of performance reviews, objective 

provided our people with the necessary 

equipment and systems to facilitate this.

awareness days, charity fundraisers and 

working to home-based working and 

responsible business.

setting and formal policies and procedures.

We adopted an unlimited holiday leave 

To maintain low turnover and high 

Board meetings held at each UK office 

productivity rates. 

policy to help our people cope with 

COVID-19 related challenges.

and regular management visits to overseas 

offices, although this was not possible 

due to COVID-19 related travel restrictions.

To ensure we meet or exceed our 

Quarterly customer success meetings, 

We invested heavily in developing new 

customers’ requirements and maintain 

involving management representatives.

features and capabilities for cash and 

competitive advantages.

Executive sponsorship programme for 

To build a highly referenceable customer 

key accounts.

stock reconciliations, directly aligned to 

customer requirements.

base with low attrition rates.

Chairing industry roundtables and 

To identify and assess new market 

customer forums to communicate and 

opportunities and collaborate with 

consult on product development priorities 

customers on high-value projects.

and new features to address emerging 

To promote brand loyalty and identify sales 

market requirements.

opportunities for other Gresham solutions.

Customer satisfaction surveys on 

support incidents.

To act fairly and responsibly with respect 

to our suppliers.

to suppliers.

To adhere to our contractual obligations 

are supported by operations staff as required 

to manage supplier risks and requirements.

We participate in Business in the 

Community (“BITC”) which promotes 

responsible business.

Strategic Report 
Stakeholder group

Investors

Statement of Corporate Governance 

Page 36

Workforce

Environmental, social and governance 

Page 26

Share schemes 

Page 93

Customers

CEO's statement 

Page 8

Innovation 

Page 13

Suppliers

Why engagement is important

How management and/or Directors engage

Strategic decisions in the year

To communicate our long-term strategic 
objectives effectively and promote 
long-term holdings.

Use of the AGM, analyst presentations, 
investor presentations, a bi-annual capital 
markets day.

We acquired Inforalgo in July 2020 which 
enhanced the Company’s value proposition 
and provides further growth opportunities.

To secure investor support for our 
strategic objectives and ensure access to 
capital to deliver on our execution plans.

Individual investor meetings with the CEO, 
CFO, Chairman and/or committee chairs.

We adopted a new performance share 
plan, designed to align interests of key 
employees with shareholders. We 
consulted with investors in advance and 
made adjustments based on feedback. 

To deliver our long-term strategic objectives.

To maintain competitive advantage 
and deliver market-leading solutions 
to our customers.

To promote our culture, purpose and values, 
foster a healthy working environment for our 
workforce, support their wellbeing and be a 
responsible business.

To maintain low turnover and high 
productivity rates. 

To ensure we meet or exceed our 
customers’ requirements and maintain 
competitive advantages.

To build a highly referenceable customer 
base with low attrition rates.

To identify and assess new market 
opportunities and collaborate with 
customers on high-value projects.

To promote brand loyalty and identify sales 
opportunities for other Gresham solutions.

To ensure that we operate our business 
effectively and without disruption.

To act fairly and responsibly with respect 
to our suppliers.

To adhere to our contractual obligations 
to suppliers.

Use of transparent, anonymous workforce 
engagement surveys, with commitments 
to address areas of concern.

We reviewed our corporate values and 
sought extensive input from our people 
to create new corporate values. 

Ad hoc initiatives such as mental health 
awareness days, charity fundraisers and 
social events.

Use of performance reviews, objective 
setting and formal policies and procedures.

Board meetings held at each UK office 
and regular management visits to overseas 
offices, although this was not possible 
due to COVID-19 related travel restrictions.

Quarterly customer success meetings, 
involving management representatives.

Executive sponsorship programme for 
key accounts.

Chairing industry roundtables and 
customer forums to communicate and 
consult on product development priorities 
and new features to address emerging 
market requirements.

Customer satisfaction surveys on 
support incidents.

We nominate senior business contacts to 
manage our key supplier relationships. They 
are supported by operations staff as required 
to manage supplier risks and requirements.

We participate in Business in the 
Community (“BITC”) which promotes 
responsible business.

We managed a transition from office-based 
working to home-based working and 
provided our people with the necessary 
equipment and systems to facilitate this.

We adopted an unlimited holiday leave 
policy to help our people cope with 
COVID-19 related challenges.

We invested heavily in developing new 
features and capabilities for cash and 
stock reconciliations, directly aligned to 
customer requirements.

We did not make any strategic decisions 
in the year affecting suppliers.

The Strategic Report was approved by the Board of Directors on 8 March 2021.

On behalf of the Board

Ian Manocha
Chief Executive
8 March 2021

Tom Mullan
Chief Financial Officer
8 March 2021

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

31

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Corporate 
governance

Contents
33  Chairman’s introduction to governance

34  Board of Directors

36  Statement of corporate governance

39  Audit committee report

42  Nomination committee report

43  Annual statement from the chair of the 

remuneration committee

44  Remuneration report

52  Directors’ report

55  Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

32

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Corporate GovernanceChairman’s introduction to governance

The Board is committed to upholding high standards of corporate 
governance throughout the Group. As part of that, the Board 
acknowledges its role in setting the culture, values and ethics of 
the Group, and its collective responsibility in developing a healthy 
corporate culture and delivering long-term success to the Group, 
as well as leading and overseeing the Group’s wider environmental, 
social and governance (“ESG”) agenda. 

The Board’s aim is to operate as effectively as possible, in line 
with the governing principles of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code. The Board has received training in the 2018 UK Corporate 
Governance Code and a description of the Group’s application of 
the principles set out therein for financial year 2020 is set out in 
the Statement of Corporate Governance (see page 36). 

Board discussions are conducted openly and transparently, 
which creates an environment for sustainable and robust debate. 
In the year, the Board has constructively and proactively challenged 
management on Group strategies, proposals, operating performance 
and key decisions, as part of its ongoing work to assess and 
safeguard the position and prospects of the Group. 

Key risks and uncertainties affecting the business are regularly 
assessed and updated. The Board has completed a full, specific 
review of the Group’s key risks and uncertainties (see page 20), 
in light of the new and emerging risks or uncertainties arising 
from the Group’s strategic growth plans and the economic, 
political and market conditions, particularly with regard to 
COVID-19 and Brexit. The Board challenges management to 
ensure appropriate risk mitigation measures are in place.

There have been several changes to the Board membership, 
as noted in the Chairman’s Statement on page 6. All changes 
were overseen and recommended by the nomination committee. 
I am pleased with the current balance of skills, experience 
and independence on the Board and no further changes are 
currently envisaged. 

As regards remuneration, a new, discretionary performance 
share plan was adopted in December 2020, as a successor 
to the discretionary Share Option Plan 2010, which expired on 
29 December 2020. This enables the Company to retain, recruit 
and incentivise key employees by directly aligning their interests 
with those of shareholders. Details are set out in the 
Remuneration Report starting page 44. 

Finally, the Board continues to engage with shareholders and 
welcomes ongoing dialogue throughout the year, although the 
formal shareholder events such as the Annual General Meeting 
have been severely restricted due to COVID-19. We will continue 
to engage with shareholders as effectively as possible, taking 
account of the ongoing COVID-19 restrictions, and our current 
intention is to enable shareholder participation at the 2021 AGM 
via electronic means through the Investor Meet Company platform. 

Peter Simmonds
Non-Executive Chairman
8 March 2021

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

33

Board tenure

 ▪ 17% 5+ years

 ▪ 33% 1–5 years 

Board composition

I   ▪ 50% <1 year 
5050+
I   ▪ 33% Executive 
4040+
I   ▪ 33% Female 
2020+

Board gender diversity

 ▪ 67% Male 

 ▪ 67% Non-Executive 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE+
33
33
+
+
17
17
+
I
+
+
60
60
+
I
+
+
80
80
+
I
+
Board of Directors

Peter Simmonds
Non-Executive Chairman

Ian Manocha
Chief Executive Officer

Tom Mullan
Chief Financial Officer

Appointed
Ian was appointed to the Board in 
June 2015.

Experience
Ian has extensive experience in the 
business technology sector. He joined 
Gresham from SAS where he worked for 
nearly 20 years, most recently as vice 
president of the EMEA and AP business 
units. Ian has worked extensively with 
many of the world’s leading financial 
institutions and has been successful 
in growing companies to significant 
scale through securing and delivering 
high-value enterprise software deals.

Appointed
Tom joined Gresham on 1 March 2018 
and was appointed to the Board on 
13 March 2018.

Experience
Tom is a Chartered Accountant having 
trained and qualified at Ernst & Young. 
Prior to joining Gresham, Tom was most 
recently chief financial officer at Fadata, 
a PE backed software business, and 
before that was divisional finance 
director for Guidewire in EMEA. 

Appointed
Peter was appointed to the Board as a 
Non-Executive Director in August 2020 
and became Non-Executive Chairman 
in September 2020. 

Experience
Peter was previously CEO of dotDigital 
Group plc for eight years until his 
retirement in 2015; he then remained 
on the board as a non-executive 
director until 2018. Peter has been 
non-executive chairman of D4T4 
Solutions plc and Cloudcall plc since 
2015. Peter has more than 35 years of 
senior management and board-level 
experience, principally in software, 
banking, insurance, finance and 
outsourcing. Peter has also been 
a volunteer board member of the 
Quoted Companies Alliance since 2016. 

Committee membership
RN

34

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Corporate GovernanceCommittee membership

A   Audit committee
N   Nomination committee

R   Remuneration committee

  Committee chair

Jenny Knott
Non-Executive Director

Appointed
Jenny was appointed to the Board 
in October 2020.

Experience
Jenny brings unparalleled experience 
from an executive career in financial 
services including CEO of Standard 
Bank Intl, and prior to that senior roles 
at Nomura Securities and UBS, and was 
named one of the top 100 influencers 
by Financial Technologist in 2018. 
Jenny is a non-executive director for 
Simply Health and the British Business 
Bank, and a trustee for Ovarian Cancer 
Action. As well as a being a fellow for 
Be-The-Business, Jenny is an adviser 
to many leaders, Fintechs and other 
young businesses. 

Committee membership
NA

R

Andy Balchin
Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director

Appointed
Andy was appointed to the Board as 
a Non-Executive Director in May 2017 
and became Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director in October 2020. 

Experience
Andy has over 30 years of financial 
experience in high-growth software 
companies, including Smartstream, 
SeeBeyond, Documentum and Clearswift. 
Until December 2018, he was chief 
financial officer of the cyber division 
of RUAG Holding AG, a major Swiss 
organisation. Andy is a Chartered 
Accountant and has experience 
working in a private equity environment, 
in M&A and IPO transactions, as well as 
in external audit during his early career. 
As well as being a Non-Executive 
Director, he also mentors a number of 
CFOs and prospective CFOs.

Committee membership
A

N R

Ruth Wandhöfer
Non-Executive Director

Appointed
Ruth was appointed to the Board 
in October 2020.

Experience
Ruth is a Global Fintech 50 Influencer 
and is currently chair of the Payment 
Systems Regulator and a partner at 
Gauss Ventures. Her prior roles have 
included spearheading regulatory and 
market strategy for treasury and 
trade solutions at Citi, advising the 
European Banking Federation on 
policy making for securities services 
and payments and serving as a NED 
of the London Stock Exchange. 

Committee membership
NA

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

35

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEStatement of corporate governance

This statement explains how the Company has applied the main and supporting principles of corporate governance and describes the 
Company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code, as published in July 2018 by the Financial Reporting 
Council and available at www.frc.org.uk. All references to the Company are in respect of the statutory entity Gresham Technologies plc, 
which is the ultimate parent undertaking of the Gresham Group of companies. 

Statement by the Directors on compliance 
with the UK Corporate Governance Code
The Company has complied with the relevant provisions set out in 
the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 (the “Code”) throughout 
the year with the exception that the Company did not fully comply 
with Provision 10 (Independence of non-executive directors), 
Provision 19 (Chair not to remain in post longer than nine years) 
and Provision 34 (Remuneration for non-executive directors should 
not include share options) of the Code because Mr K Archer (who 
ceased to be a Director on 30 September 2020) had served on 
the Board for more than nine years and held share options under 
the Group’s Share Option Plan 2010. With regard to Provision 15 
(Significant commitments), the nomination committee was notified 
of the external commitments of the new Board appointments prior 
to their appointment and took account of these other demands on 
their time before deciding upon their suitability. Refer to the 
Nomination Committee Report for further details. 

Board leadership and company purpose
The Board recognises its role in promoting the long-term 
sustainable success of the Company, generating value for 
shareholders and contributing to wider society, and in establishing 
the Company’s purpose, values and strategy. In the performance 
of its duties, the Board considers the interests of stakeholders and 
the matters set out in section 172 of the Companies Act 2006. 
Details of these matters are set out in the Strategic Report. 

The Group has developed a Clareti-led strategy designed to drive 
profitable growth and create long-term shareholder value. The 
Board considers and addresses the opportunities and risks to the 
success of the business through a combination of monthly reports 
from management, operational, strategic and risk reviews, and 
key performance indicators. The Group’s established business 
model and governance structures ensure that allocation of resources 
and investment decisions directly support the strategic objectives. 

The Board is committed to maintaining a healthy corporate culture 
and recognises the importance of investing in and rewarding its 
workforce. As part of this, the Group has established clear values, 
has systems in place to promote wellbeing at work, seeks to 
create an environment where individuals are fulfilled, and operates 
a share incentive plan that ensures our people share in the 
success of the Group (see People and Culture, page 26). 

Dialogue with institutional shareholders
The Board as a whole is responsible for ensuring that a dialogue 
is maintained with shareholders based on the mutual 
understanding of objectives.

Members of the Board meet with major shareholders on a 
regular basis, including presentations after the Company’s 
announcement of the year-end results and at the half year. 

The Board is kept informed of the views of shareholders at Board 
meetings following investor meetings through a report from the 
Chief Executive, together with formal feedback on shareholders’ 
views gathered and supplied by the Company’s advisers. The 
views of private and smaller shareholders, typically arising from 
the AGM or from direct contact with the Company, are also 
communicated to the Board on a regular basis.

Mr A Balchin, the Senior Independent Non-Executive Director, 
and Mr P Simmonds, the Non-Executive Chairman, are available 
to shareholders if they have concerns where contact through the 
normal channel of Chief Executive has failed to resolve or for 
which such contact is inappropriate.

Constructive use of the AGM
The Board normally uses the AGM to communicate with private 
and institutional investors and welcomes their participation. 
However, due to COVID-19 related restrictions, shareholders were 
requested not to attend the 2020 AGM. Subject to COVID-19 
restrictions, the Chairman will aim to ensure that all members 
of the Board will be available at the forthcoming AGM, which is 
currently intended to be operated as a hybrid meeting, allowing 
Directors and shareholders to participate via electronic means 
using the Investor Meet Company platform.

Details of resolutions to be proposed at the AGM can be found in 
the Notice of the Meeting. A separate resolution is proposed for 
each substantially separate issue including a separate resolution 
relating to the Annual Financial Report 2020.

36

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Corporate GovernanceDivision of responsibilities
Board membership, roles and responsibilities
The Board is currently comprised of the Non-Executive Chairman, 
two Executive Directors and three Non-Executive Directors, 
details of which are set out pages 34 and 35. All Non-Executive 
Directors are considered to be independent. 

The roles of Chairman and Chief Executive are distinct, set out in 
writing and agreed by the Board. The Chairman is responsible for 
the effectiveness of the Board and ensuring communication with 
shareholders, and the Chief Executive is accountable for the 
management of the Group.

Non-Executive Directors constructively challenge and assist in 
the development of strategy. They scrutinise the performance of 
management in meeting agreed goals and objectives and monitor 
the reporting of performance. 

The Senior Independent Non-Executive Director, Mr A Balchin, is 
available to shareholders if they have concerns which contact 
through the normal channels of Chairman or Chief Executive has 
failed to resolve or for which such contact is inappropriate.

The Company Secretary is Mr J Cathie, who was appointed to the 
role on 21 March 2014. Mr J Cathie is not a Director of the Company. 
The appointment and removal of the Company Secretary is a 
matter for the Board as a whole.

Operation of the Board
The Board is responsible to shareholders for the proper 
management of the Group. 

The Board normally meets once a month and has a formal 
schedule of matters specifically reserved to it. Other matters are 
delegated to the Executive Directors, supported by policies for 
reporting to the Board. 

The Company Secretary is responsible to the Board for ensuring 
that Board procedures are followed, and that applicable rules 
and regulations are complied with and for advising the Board, 
through the Chairman, on corporate governance matters. The 
Company maintains appropriate insurance cover in respect of 
legal action against the Company’s Directors and the Company 
Secretary, but no cover exists in the event that the Director is 
found to have acted fraudulently or dishonestly.

The Non-Executive Chairman and the Non-Executive Directors 
are able to meet without Executives present prior to each Board 
meeting. The agenda and relevant briefing papers for each Board 
meeting are distributed by the Company Secretary, usually 
several days in advance of each Board meeting.

Where Directors have concerns which cannot be resolved about 
the running of the Company or a proposed action, these concerns 
are recorded in Board minutes. On resignation, a Non-Executive 
Director is required to provide a written statement to the Chairman 
for circulation to the Board if there are any such concerns.

The Board has formed certain committees, namely an audit 
committee, a remuneration committee and a nomination 
committee, to deal with the specific aspects of the Group’s 
affairs. Details of the committees’ constituent members and the 
roles, responsibilities and activities of each of the committees 
are described in more detail in the individual committee reports 
commencing on page 39. 

Meetings and attendance
The following table summarises the number of Board, audit committee, remuneration committee and nomination committee 
meetings held during the year and the attendance record of individual Directors at those meetings.

Number of meetings attended

K Archer (resigned 30 September 2020)
I Joss (resigned 31 October 2020)
A Balchin
I Manocha
T Mullan
P Simmonds (appointed 1 August 2020)
J Knott (appointed 12 October 2020)
R Wandhöfer (appointed 12 October 2020)

Board

9/9
8/10
12/12
12/12
12/12
5/5
3/3
2/3

Audit 

Remuneration 

Nomination

—
2/3
3/3
—
—
—
1/1
1/1

1/1
1/1
2/2
—
—
1/1
1/1
—

3/3
3/3
3/3
—
—
1/1
—
—

Composition, succession and evaluation
Nomination committee
A report from the chair of the nomination committee is set out 
on page 42. 

Induction and training
New Directors receive a thorough and tailored induction on their 
appointment to the Board covering the activities of the Group 
and its key business and financial risks, the terms of reference 
of the Board and its committees and the latest financial 
information about the Group. 

The Chairman ensures that Directors update their skills, 
knowledge and familiarity with the Group required to fulfil their 
roles on the Board and committees. Ongoing training is provided 
as necessary and includes updates from the Company Secretary 
on relevant legislative or regulatory changes. Directors may 
consult with the Company Secretary at any time on matters 

related to their role on the Board. All Directors have access to 
independent professional advice at the Company’s expense 
where they judge it necessary to discharge their duties.

Evaluation of the Board’s performance
The following reviews are normally undertaken annually:

 ▪ a formal review by the Board encompassing the performance 
of the Board as a whole, its committees and each Director; 

 ▪ a formal review by the Chairman of the performance of 

Non-Executive Directors; and 

 ▪ a formal review by the Senior Independent Non-Executive 

Director of the Chairman.

In light of the changes to the Board membership during 2020, 
no formal reviews were carried out. 

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

37

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEStatement of corporate governance continued

In making this statement, the Directors have considered the Group’s 
current position and the potential impact of the principal risks 
and uncertainties described on page 20 on the Group’s business 
model (including, without limitation, the impact of COVID-19, 
which is also discussed on page 9), future performance, solvency 
or liquidity, taking account of severe but reasonable scenarios 
and the effectiveness of any mitigating actions, and have 
performed stress test analyses based on likely outcomes.

Control environment
The Group operates within a control framework developed and 
strengthened over a number of years and communicated as 
appropriate by a series of written procedures. These lay down 
accounting policies and financial control procedures, in addition 
to controls of a more operational nature. The key procedures that 
the Directors have established with a view to providing internal 
control are as follows:

 ▪ the establishment of the organisational structure and the 
delegated responsibilities of operational management;

 ▪ the definition of authorisation limits, including matters 

reserved for the Board;

 ▪ regular site visits by the Executive Directors, with the results 

reported to Board meetings;

 ▪ the establishment of detailed operational plans and financial 

budgets for each financial year;

 ▪ maintenance of a risk register which is reviewed and updated 

at every Board meeting;

 ▪ review of regular, detailed monthly management reporting 

provided for every Board meeting which encompasses both a 
review of operational activities and entries arising on consolidation;

 ▪ reporting and monitoring performance against budgets and 

rolling forecasts;

 ▪ the security of physical property and computer information; and

 ▪ detailed due diligence on all acquisitions.

Remuneration
A report from the chair of the remuneration committee is set out 
on page 44.

Composition, succession and evaluation 
continued
Retirement and re-election
All Directors are subject to election by shareholders at the first 
AGM immediately following their appointment. Thereafter, 
Directors are subject to annual re-election. All Non-Executive 
Directors are appointed for fixed terms in line with corporate 
governance requirements, subject to re-election.

Audit, risk and internal control
Audit committee
A report from the chair of the audit committee is set out on page 39. 

Financial reporting
The Board is responsible for presenting a balanced and 
understandable assessment of the Company’s position and 
prospects, extending to interim reports and other price-sensitive 
public reports and reports to regulators as well as to information 
required to be presented by statutory requirements. A statement 
of the Directors’ responsibilities is set out on page 55.

Management and specialists within the Group’s finance department 
are responsible for ensuring the appropriate maintenance of 
financial records and processes that ensure all financial information 
is relevant, reliable, in accordance with the applicable laws and 
regulations, and distributed both internally and externally in a 
timely manner. A review of the consolidation and financial 
statements is completed by management to ensure that the 
financial position and results of the Group are appropriately 
reported. All financial information published by the Group is 
subject to the approval of the audit committee.

Principal risks
A report on the principal risks and uncertainties affecting the 
Company is set out on page 20. 

Going concern
The Directors are required to report that the business is a going 
concern, with supporting assumptions and qualifications as 
necessary. The Directors have concluded that the business is a 
going concern as further explained in the Directors’ Report on 
page 52. 

Viability statement
The Directors confirm that they have assessed the prospects of 
the Group over a three-year period commencing 1 January 2021 
and that they have a reasonable expectation that the Group will 
be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they 
fall due for that period. 

The Directors have selected a period of three years as they 
consider this to be a reasonable and appropriate duration on 
which to make the assessment, based on the following two 
factors: firstly, the Group operates rolling financial projections 
which extend for the current financial year and up to two 
subsequent financial years; and, secondly, the Directors’ 
evaluation of the forward-looking order book for Clareti revenues, 
with Clareti contracts typically being signed for three-year 
minimum contract terms, balanced against the likely attrition 
rate of other, non-Clareti, revenues. 

38

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Corporate GovernanceAudit committee report

Audit committee members and attendance
Member

Meetings

Andy Balchin (committee chair)

Jenny Knott

Ruth Wandhöfer

Imogen Joss (resigned 31 Oct 2020)

3/3

1/1

1/1

2/3

Dear shareholder,
As chair of the audit committee, I am pleased to present the 
committee’s report for the year ended 31 December 2020. 
The Committee’s main role remains unchanged – to monitor 
the integrity of the Group’s financial reporting, to assess the 
effectiveness of its internal controls and risk management 
processes and to ensure that our external auditor, BDO LLP, 
delivers a high-quality effective audit. 

The audit committee membership saw some changes this year, 
with Ms J Knott and Ms R Wandhöfer joining as committee 
members and Ms I Joss stepping down during October 2020. 
All committee members are independent Non-Executive 
Directors, whose biographical details are available on page 34. 

The Board considers that the committee has recent and relevant 
financial experience, including competence in accounting, relevant 
to the sector in which we operate, as well as operational skills. 
I am satisfied that the committee has appropriately discharged 
its duties in the year in accordance with its terms of reference, 
which are reviewed annually and are available at  
www.greshamtech.com/investors. 

In the performance of its duties, the committee held three meetings 
in the year. In order for the committee to properly discharge its 
role, it is critical that we have the opportunity to openly discuss 
with management any matter which falls within our remit and 
probe and challenge where necessary. The Chief Executive and the 
Chief Financial Officer attend our meetings by invitation, and other 
senior managers (including the Director of Financial Operations 
and Control) are invited to attend to provide financial, technical 
or business information as necessary. In addition, our meetings 
relevant to audit are attended by the lead audit partner from the 
external auditor and other representatives. Their attendance is 
important as it gives us the opportunity to seek their independent 

and objective views on matters which they encounter during their 
audit. At least once a year, we meet separately with the external 
auditor to discuss matters without executive management being 
present. On a more frequent basis, I meet with the Chief Financial 
Officer and other senior management. This ensures any issues or 
concerns can be raised at an early stage and allows sufficient 
time to be devoted to them at subsequent meetings. There is an 
open and constructive communication between the committee, 
management and external auditor.

This year, the committee necessarily paid special attention to the 
potential impact and risks to the Group arising from the COVID-19 
pandemic and Brexit. These matters are discussed in the Strategic 
Report on pages 9 and 20. Whilst Brexit-related risks appear to 
have reduced, the committee intends to continue monitoring 
the risks associated with the COVID-19 situation closely at least 
throughout 2021. 

As mandated by EU legislation requiring the tendering of a public 
interest entity’s audit at least every ten years, the committee 
conducted such a tender process during the year. We invited six 
firms to bid, including our current auditor, BDO LLP, another top 
mid-tier firm and each of the big four. All of the invited firms, 
except our current auditor, BDO LLP, withdrew from the process 
prior to submitting full proposal documents citing resourcing 
challenges as the key factor, mainly brought about by COVID-19 
and lockdown. On 26 May 2020, the audit committee proposed, 
and the Board of Directors resolved to approve, the reappointment 
of BDO LLP, which has, for the last ten years, provided a high-quality 
audit and which had in recent years rotated the lead audit 
engagement partner, thereby providing continued objectivity 
and independence. The Board and the audit committee did 
not consider it necessary or appropriate to extend the invite to 
tender outside of the original list of invitees as no other UK firm 
is considered to have the requisite experience of auditing global 
enterprise technology providers with a full listing on the London 
Stock Exchange similar to the Company. The Board stated that 
it was satisfied with the proposal received from BDO LLP and 
resolved to reappoint BDO LLP. Pursuant to section 490A of the 
Companies Act 2006, on 1 June 2020 we wrote to Her Majesty’s 
Principal Secretary of State for Business, Energy and Industrial 
Strategy stating that the audit committee was unable to present 
at least two firms to the Board with a justified preference for one 
of them in accordance with the requirements of section 489A of 
the Companies Act 2006. This letter was acknowledged and 
accepted on 24 September 2020.

Responsibilities
Our principal role is to assist the Board in performing its 
responsibilities in relation to financial reporting, internal 
controls and risk management and in maintaining an 
appropriate relationship with our external auditor. The work 
of the committee in discharging its responsibilities includes:

 ▪ monitoring the integrity of the reported financial statements 
of the Group, and any formal announcements relating to the 
Group’s financial performance, and reviewing significant 
financial issues and judgements contained in them; 

 ▪ reviewing and assessing the process which management has 
put in place to support the Board when giving its assurance 
that the Annual Financial Report 2020, taken as a whole, is fair, 
balanced and understandable and provides the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s position 
and performance, business model and strategy;

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

39

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEAudit committee report continued

Responsibilities continued
 ▪ reviewing the Group’s internal financial controls and reviewing 
the Group’s internal control and risk management systems;

 ▪ reviewing the Group’s speak-up (whistle-blowing) arrangements;

 ▪ reviewing the need for a separate internal audit function;

 ▪ making recommendations to the Board, for it to put to 

shareholders for their approval in general meeting, in relation 
to the appointment, reappointment and removal of the external 
auditor and to approve the remuneration and terms of 
engagement of the external auditor;

 ▪ ensuring an appropriate relationship with the external auditor 
to include the reviewing and monitoring of its independence 
and objectivity, and the effectiveness of the audit process, 
based on a sound plan to ensure it delivers a high-quality 
effective audit;

 ▪ developing and implementing policy on engagement of the 
external auditor to supply non-audit services, taking into 
account relevant ethical guidance regarding the provision 
of non-audit services by the external audit firm; and 

 ▪ reporting to the Board, identifying any matters for which it 

considers that action or improvement is needed and making 
recommendations as to the steps to be taken.

Significant judgements in relation to financial statements 
Set out below are what the committee considers to be the most significant accounting areas which required the exercise of judgement 
or a high degree of estimation during the year, together with details of how these were addressed. These are all considered to be 
recurring issues.

Significant issue and explanation

Work undertaken by the committee in forming an opinion

Capitalised development costs
Development costs are accounted for in accordance with IAS 38 
“Intangible Assets”, and costs that meet the qualifying criteria are 
capitalised and systematically amortised over the useful 
economic life of the intangible asset. Determining whether 
development costs qualify for capitalisation as intangible assets 
requires judgement, including estimates of the technical and 
commercial viability of the asset created and its applicable useful 
economic life. These estimates are continually reviewed and 
updated by management based on past experience and reviews 
of competitor products available in the market.

Revenue and profit recognition
Revenue and the associated profit are recognised from sale 
of software licences, rendering of services, subscriptions and 
maintenance and solution sales. Whilst in most cases 
performance obligations clearly follow the commercial and 
contractual arrangement agreed with the customer, in some 
cases the revenue streams are combined within an overall 
commercial arrangement. Such bundling requires judgement to 
assess performance obligations associated with each revenue 
stream and further judgement as to when and how such 
performance obligations have been discharged in order to 
recognise the associated revenue. The estimation of the stage 
of completion, along with the unbundling of multi-element 
solution sales, represents a risk of incorrect revenue recognition.

Impairment reviews
The Group is required to perform impairment reviews of goodwill 
annually at the reporting date and, in addition, performs 
impairment reviews of capitalised development costs to identify 
any intangible assets that have a carrying value that is in excess 
of their recoverable value. Determining the recoverability of an 
intangible asset requires judgement in both the methodology 
applied and the key variables within that methodology. Where it is 
determined an intangible asset is impaired, its carrying value will 
be reduced to its recoverable value with the difference recorded 
as an impairment charge in the income statement.

The committee has reviewed reports from management 
identifying the development costs capitalised, the technical and 
commercial feasibility of the product being produced and 
whether further costs continue to fulfil the required IAS 38 
criteria. The committee’s review encompasses direct discussion 
with executive and operational management, in addition to 
reviewing monthly formal reporting to the Board on development 
and associated sales and implementation activity. The treatment 
of development costs is an area of focus for the external auditor, 
which reported its findings to us. We concluded that 
management’s key assumptions, judgements, estimates and 
disclosures were reasonable and appropriate.

The committee has reviewed management’s descriptions and 
status reports on material new deals and on project work-in-
progress through the year, both through direct discussion and 
formal month-end reporting to the Board. The committee has 
furthermore considered management’s assessments made on 
percentage of completion of material work-in-progress, and other 
judgements such as bundling or unbundling of revenue streams, 
and the resulting impact on revenue and profit recognition. 
Revenue recognition is an area of focus for the external auditor, 
which reported its findings to us. We considered whether the 
accounting treatment for revenue and profit recognition was in 
accordance with agreed methodology, the Group’s accounting 
policies and IFRS 15 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” 
and concurred with management’s opinion that it was. 

The committee has considered management’s assessments 
of value in use of cash-generating units of intangible assets 
(principally the goodwill and capitalised development costs) 
at the reporting date. This included specifically considering and 
subsequently approving business plans prepared by management 
supporting the future performance expectations used in the 
calculation of the value in use. Impairment reviews were also 
an area of focus for the external auditor, which reported its 
findings to us. We considered whether the accounting treatment 
performing impairment reviews was in accordance with agreed 
methodology, the Group’s accounting policies and IAS 36 
“Impairment of Assets”. We concluded that management’s key 
assumptions were reasonable.

40

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Corporate GovernanceSignificant issue and explanation

Work undertaken by the committee in forming an opinion

Acquisition accounting and contingent consideration
In determining the fair value of intangible assets arising on 
acquisition, management is required to make judgements 
regarding the timing and amount of future cash flows applicable 
to the businesses being acquired, discounted using an appropriate 
discount rate. Such judgements are based on current budgets 
and forecasts, extrapolated for an appropriate period taking into 
account growth rates and expected changes to selling prices and 
operating costs. Management estimates the appropriate discount 
rate using pre-tax rates that reflect current market assessments 
of the time value of money and the risks specific to the 
businesses being acquired.

The committee has considered management’s assessments of 
the fair value of the consideration and values attributed to the 
assets and liabilities acquired on acquisition as at the reporting 
date. This included specifically considering and subsequently 
reviewing and approving the sale and purchase agreement, 
assessing the estimate of contingent consideration against 
business plans prepared by management supporting the future 
performance expectations. Acquisition accounting, contingent 
consideration and fair value reviews were also an area of focus 
for the external auditor, which reported its findings to us. The 
committee has concluded that the fair values attributed to both 
the acquisition and contingent consideration are in line with IFRS 3.

Contingent consideration relating to acquisitions is included 
based on management’s estimates of the most likely outcome. 
Those judgements include the forecasting of a number of 
different outcomes against the performance targets and 
estimating a probability and risk of each outcome before arriving 
at a risk weighted value of contingent consideration.

Risk management and internal control systems
The Board is responsible for maintaining a sound risk management 
and internal control system to safeguard shareholders’ investment 
and the Company’s assets. The Directors acknowledge their ultimate 
responsibility for ensuring that the Group has in place systems of 
controls, financial and otherwise, and for managing risk, that are 
appropriate to the business environment in which it operates and 
the risks to which it is exposed and for monitoring those systems.

The Board and committee have reviewed the effectiveness of the 
Group’s risk management and internal control systems during the 
year. This review covered all material controls, including financial, 
operational and compliance controls, and took into account the 
risks and potential impact arising from COVID-19 and Brexit. 

The Group’s risk management and internal control systems are 
designed to manage rather than eliminate the risk of failure of 
business objectives and can only provide reasonable but not 
absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss. The 
Board continues to discuss with management further enhancements 
in financial and other controls commensurate with the growth of 
the Group. In addition, steps are continuing to be taken to further 
embed internal control and risk management processes into the 
operations of the business and to deal with areas of improvement 
which come to management’s and the Board’s attention.

An embedded ongoing process for identifying, evaluating and 
managing the principal risks faced by the Group has been in place 
throughout the year and is regularly reviewed by the Board. It remains 
in place up to the date of the approval of the financial statements.

External auditor
The committee reviews and makes recommendations with 
regard to the appointment of the external auditor. In making 
these recommendations, the committee considers auditor 
effectiveness and independence, partner rotation and any other 
factors which may impact the external auditor’s appointment.

In considering the effectiveness of the external auditor, the 
committee discussed and approved the scope of and the fees 
for the external audit plan and reviewed the external auditor’s 
approach to the external audit, its assessment of the significant 
risks in the Group’s financial statements and materiality levels, 
and its associated work. In addition, the committee considered 
the commercial experience and expertise of the auditor, 
particularly in the Group’s industry sector; the fulfilment of the 
agreed audit plan and any variations from this plan; and the 
robustness of the external auditor in its handling of key 
accounting and audit judgements.

In relation to independence, the committee reviews and controls 
the manner in which non-audit services are awarded to the 
external auditor on at least an annual basis. All significant 
non-audit work, and any work of a non-compliance consultancy 
nature, commissioned from the external auditor requires audit 
committee approval. In the year, there were no non-audit fees 
paid to the external auditor, compared to 20% of total fees paid 
to the external auditor in the prior year. 

The committee is satisfied with the effectiveness and 
independence of the external auditor. 

Speak-up (whistle-blowing) arrangements
The committee has reviewed arrangements by which staff of 
the Group may, in confidence, raise concerns about possible 
improprieties in matters of financial reporting or any other 
matters of concern and concluded that they remain appropriate.

Andy Balchin
Chair of the audit committee
8 March 2021

Internal audit function
During the year, the committee considered the need for a 
separate internal audit function and its impact on the external 
audit and concluded that, based on the size of the Group, a 
separate internal audit function is not necessary at this stage of 
the Group’s maturity. The need for an internal audit function is 
reviewed at least annually.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

41

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEThe nomination committee then continued to identify potential 
new Non-Executive Directors, taking the composition, skills and 
experience of the Board into account, to replace Ms I Joss, who 
had also indicated an intention to step down after four years 
in post. This resulted in the appointment of Ms J Knott and 
Ms R Wandhöfer to the Board in October 2020, with Mr A Balchin 
taking on the role of Senior Independent Non-Executive Director.

The Board’s policy is to ensure that all appointments are merit 
based and based on objective criteria, giving all due regard to 
equality of opportunity, and to promote inclusion and diversity. 
The Board notes that achieving diversity in the technology sector 
is challenging, having regard to the available pool of individuals 
with the right skills, experience and talent. Given the relatively 
small size of the Board and the Group, the committee does not 
currently set any measurable objectives for implementing a 
diversity policy but it acknowledges the role of the Board in 
promoting diversity, including gender diversity, throughout the 
Group. Currently there are two female members of the Board, 
representing 33% of Board membership. 

In relation to succession planning, the nomination committee 
keeps under review, and takes appropriate action to ensure, 
orderly succession for appointments to the Board and to senior 
management, so as to maintain an appropriate balance of skills 
and experience within the Group and on the Board. As regards 
Non-Executive Directors, the committee considers, amongst 
other factors, their other significant outside commitments prior 
to making recommendations, which is designed to ensure that 
they have sufficient time to meet what is expected of them. 
The committee keeps any changes to these commitments under 
review. The committee has not approved any external appointment 
where such appointment is considered to be significant. 

In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018, 
all Directors are subject to election or annual re-election (as 
the case may be). Having considered the contribution of each 
Director in the relatively short time that we have operated 
together as a Board, it is apparent to me that each Director 
brings individual and specific expertise to the Board and makes 
a valuable contribution to the Company’s long-term success. 
I have no hesitation in recommending them to shareholders.

I am satisfied that the committee has appropriately discharged 
its duties in the year in accordance with its terms of reference. 
Terms of reference are reviewed annually and are available at 
www.greshamtech.com/investors.

Peter Simmonds
Chair of the nomination committee
8 March 2021

Nomination committee report

Nomination committee members 
and attendance
Member

Peter Simmonds (committee chair)

Andy Balchin

Jenny Knott

Ruth Wandhöfer

Imogen Joss (resigned 31 Oct 2020)

Ken Archer (resigned 30 Sept 2020)

Meetings

1/1

3/3

n/a

n/a

3/3

3/3

Dear shareholder,
I am pleased to present the report of the nomination committee 
for the year ended 31 December 2020. 

As Chairman of the Board, I also chair the nomination committee, 
having taken over from my predecessor Ken Archer in September 
2020. All of the other Non-Executive Directors are also members 
of the committee. 

The nomination committee’s key activity in the year was to identify 
and appoint a new Chairman to take over from Mr K Archer, who 
had indicated his intention to step down from the Board after 
almost ten years in the role. This involved a comprehensive 
process using an external search consultancy (The DirectorBank 
Group Ltd), overseen by Ms I Joss who, at that time, was the Senior 
Independent Non-Executive Director. This process resulted in my 
appointment. In reaching its decision on my appointment, the 
committee was notified of all my existing external appointments 
(specifically, in relation to my two existing non-executive chairman 
roles at D4T4 Solutions plc and Cloudcall plc) and the time 
commitments involved. These matters were duly considered 
by the committee at the time and, considering that I have no other 
business interests with demands on my time, it was determined 
that they would not have a material impact on my ability to fully 
discharge my duties to Gresham.

42

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Corporate GovernanceAnnual statement from the chair of the 
remuneration committee

The committee took the following key decisions in relation to the 
year reported: 

 ▪ assessed that Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer basic 

pay should increase by 3%;

 ▪ determined the performance measures and targets for variable 
pay awards under the Annual Bonus Scheme in respect of 2020; 

 ▪ determined the performance measures and targets for 

calculation of matching awards under the LTIP in respect of the 
three financial years 2020–2022; 

 ▪ assessed the performance of Executive Directors for 2020 

against the determined targets under the Annual Bonus Scheme. 
In doing so, the committee has carefully considered the impact 
of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Company and taken certain 
factors into account in making final determinations, including 
the exercise of discretion, to ensure that final awards remain 
fair and appropriate. Details of performance-related pay 
awards in respect of 2020 and how they were calculated 
are set out in the following pages; and 

 ▪ introduced a new ten-year Performance Share Plan (“PSP”) in 
December 2020 to replace the expiring 2010 discretionary 
Share Option Plan 2010. This PSP will run in conjunction with 
the LTIP. It is intended to be used on a discretionary basis to 
retain, recruit and incentivise key employees, and is anticipated 
to be first used during the course of 2021. Further details 
of the PSP can be found in the Company’s circular dated 
11 December 2020. Alongside this, a new remuneration policy 
was proposed and adopted by shareholders in general meeting 
on 30 December 2020. 

As regards 2021, the committee has assessed that Chief Executive 
and Chief Financial Officer basic pay should increase by 1.25%. 
In addition, the committee has determined performance measures 
and targets for variable pay awards under the Annual Bonus 
Scheme for 2021 and under the LTIP in respect of the three 
financial years 2021 – 2023, details of which will be set out in 
future reports as appropriate.

We remain committed to ensuring that executive reward 
incentivises positive outcomes for shareholders by reflecting 
strong linkage with strategy and a fair, open and collaborative 
corporate culture.

I am satisfied that the committee has appropriately discharged 
its duties in the year in accordance with its terms of reference. 
Terms of reference are reviewed annually and are available at 
www.greshamtech.com/investors.

I encourage you to read the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
on the following pages.

Jenny Knott
Chair of the remuneration committee
8 March 2021

Remuneration committee members 
and attendance
Member

Jenny Knott (committee chair)

Andy Balchin

Peter Simmonds

Imogen Joss (resigned 31 Oct 2020)

Ken Archer (resigned 30 Sept 2020)

Meetings

1/1

2/2

1/1

1/1

1/1

Dear shareholder,
I am pleased to introduce the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
for the year ended 31 December 2020.

I took over as chair for the committee from Ms I Joss in October 
2020 and wish to take this opportunity to acknowledge her 
outstanding service to Gresham and all its stakeholders. The 
committee now consists of me, as chair, and Mr P Simmonds 
and Mr A Balchin as members. The committee formally met two 
times in the year. Each of these meetings was attended, at the 
committee’s invitation, by the Executive Directors, except that 
they were not present in any discussions affecting their own 
remuneration.

For 2020, the committee has continued to operate a remuneration 
structure made up of basic salary, performance-related bonuses, 
share options, benefits and pensions, in accordance with the 
remuneration policy adopted at the AGM held in 2019. This 
included the full implementation of the Annual Bonus Scheme 
and Long-Term Share Incentive Plan (“LTIP”), following a 
transitional year in 2019 during which they were operated at 50% 
level. As in previous years, a significant proportion of executive 
remuneration is based on performance, designed to align 
executive pay with shareholder interests. 

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

43

CORPORATE GOVERNANCERemuneration report

This report complies with the requirements of the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) 
Regulations 2008 as amended in 2013, the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code (April 2016) and the Listing Rules.

The report is in two sections: 

 ▪ the Directors’ remuneration policy, as approved at the general meeting held in December 2020, which sets out the Company’s 

current policy on remuneration for Executive and Non-Executive Directors; and

 ▪ the Directors’ Remuneration Report, which sets out details of how the remuneration policy was implemented for the year ended 
31 December 2020 and how the Company intends for the remuneration policy to apply for the year ended 31 December 2021. 
The Directors’ Remuneration Report will be put to an advisory shareholder vote at the forthcoming AGM. 

General principles
The policy for the Directors is based on the following principles, and takes into account prevailing best practice, shareholder 
expectations, and the remuneration of the wider employee population:

 ▪ ensure remuneration arrangements support the Group’s business strategy;

 ▪ align interests of Directors with those of the shareholders;

 ▪ determine remuneration by reference to individual performance, experience and prevailing market conditions, with a view to 

providing a package appropriate to the responsibilities involved;

 ▪ encourage behaviours which will enhance the performance of the Group and reward achievement of the Group’s strategic and 

financial goals; and

 ▪ ensure that an appropriate proportion of the overall remuneration package is incentive pay, which is earned for the delivery of 

stretching performance conditions.

Remuneration policy table
The table below sets out the Directors’ remuneration policy as approved by shareholders at the general meeting held on 30 December 2020. 
No changes to the policy are being proposed at the 2021 AGM.
Link to strategy

Framework

Operation

Base salary
Supports the recruitment and retention 
of Executive Directors of the calibre 
required to deliver the Group’s strategy.

Base salary is paid monthly and 
reviewed annually, with any 
increases applying from 1 April.

Pension
Supports the recruitment and retention 
of Executive Directors of the calibre 
required to deliver the Group’s strategy.

Pension contributions are made 
by the Company to a defined 
contribution scheme operated 
by a third party provider.

Benefits
Supports the recruitment and retention 
of Executive Directors of the calibre 
required to deliver the Group’s strategy.

Benefits principally comprise 
private healthcare and death 
in service insurance.

Base salary and reviews are assessed on both 
Group and individual performance and, in the case 
of new Directors, their prior experience and skills. 
Consideration is also given to pay increases for 
other employees in the Group and to comparable 
pay for similar roles at similar companies. Where 
appropriate, the committee will engage external 
remuneration consultants for benchmarking. 

Pension contributions are matched by the Company 
up to a maximum of 5% of base salary, in line with 
other employees in the Group. In exceptional 
circumstances, such as recruitment of new Directors, 
the committee has discretion to authorise higher 
Company contributions up to a maximum of 10% 
of base salary in total.

Premiums are paid by the Company to an external 
broker to arrange cover, in line with other Group 
employees. These benefits are standard for all Group 
employees and are not assessed against performance.

Annual Bonus Scheme
Rewards and incentivises the 
Executive Directors for achievement 
of strategic objectives as measured 
by short-term KPIs.

The annual bonus is calculated after 
the end of the financial year based 
on predetermined targets. 

The annual bonus consists of a mix 
of cash and shares. 

The committee determines the relevant 
performance targets at the start of each financial 
year. The committee also determines the annual 
bonus split between cash and shares, which by 
default is 50:50.

Targets are set predominantly (at least 75%) in 
relation to financial measures, with the balance 
based on non-financial objectives. 

44

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Corporate GovernanceLink to strategy

Operation

Framework

Annual Bonus Scheme continued

The cash element of the bonus is paid 
at or around the time of release of the 
final results. The shares are deferred 
for two years and then released.

This scheme is operated pursuant 
to the rules of the Deferred Share 
Bonus Plan 2017.

Long-Term Share Incentive Plan
Rewards and incentivises the Executive 
Directors for achievement of sustained 
long-term financial growth and returns.

Matching shares are earned on the 
deferred shares awarded under the 
Annual Bonus Scheme, depending 
on long-term financial performance 
against predetermined targets over 
the three years following the end of 
the relevant financial year.

This plan is operated pursuant to 
the rules of the Deferred Share 
Bonus Plan 2017.

Performance Share Plan 2020
Directly aligns financial incentives with 
returns to shareholders. Financial reward 
is created through the creation of 
shareholder value.

The committee has discretion to 
make nil-cost awards to Executive 
Directors, subject to the plan rules, 
and to determine appropriate 
performance conditions. 

Chairman and Non-Executive 
Director fees
Supports the recruitment and retention 
of individuals of the calibre required 
to constitute an effective Board 
and contribute to the Company’s 
long-term success.

Fees for Non-Executive Directors 
are set by the Board (excluding 
Non-Executive Directors). 
Fees are paid monthly. 

The annual bonus for performance significantly 
ahead of target is up to 100% of base salary. 
On-target performance will result in an annual 
bonus of 50% of base salary. Performance below 
a threshold set by the committee will result in 
no bonus being paid. 

The committee has final discretion in determining 
the value of the bonus payment (and, where the 
committee deems it appropriate in the circumstances, 
to adjust the mix between cash and deferred shares), 
based on its assessment of performance against 
the set targets and as a whole. 

Payments and awards are subject to malus 
and clawback. 

The maximum annual bonus payable in respect 
of a year is 100% of base salary.

The committee determines the threshold, on-target 
and stretch targets on growth and return measures 
over the three subsequent financial years. 

The matching award is a multiple of the deferred 
shares awarded under the Annual Bonus Scheme. 
The multiple applied is determined according to 
a reference matrix of multiples based on actual 
performance against growth and return measures 
over that three-year period. The matrix of matching 
rates is determined in advance by the committee. 

The committee has final discretion in determining 
the matching rates and the final award based on its 
assessment of performance against the set targets 
and as a whole after the end of the three-year period.

Matching awards are subject to continuous 
employment and to malus and clawback. 

The maximum matching award multiple is 4x 
the number of deferred shares.

The plan is subject to rules approved by shareholders 
in general meeting. Awards will vest following the later 
of (i) a three-year period from the date of grant and (ii) 
the date on which the committee determines that the 
specified performance conditions have been satisfied. 
No award or any part thereof will vest unless the 
Company’s share price has increased by at least 
20% relative to the share price at the date of grant. 
A material proportion of an award will be linked to 
performance conditions directly aligned to 
shareholder value growth.

Awards are subject to continuous employment, 
post-vesting holding and malus and clawback. 

The maximum award for an individual in respect 
of a year is 100% of base salary or up to 200% 
in exceptional circumstances. 

A basic fee is set for normal duties, commensurate 
with fees paid for similar roles in other similar 
companies, taking account of the time commitment, 
responsibilities and committee position(s). 
Supplementary fees are paid for any additional duties 
at fixed day rates. Non-Executive Directors are not 
eligible for pensions, incentives, bonus or any similar 
payments other than normal out-of-pocket expenses 
incurred on behalf of the business. Compensation for 
loss of office is not payable to Non-Executive Directors.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

45

CORPORATE GOVERNANCERemuneration report continued

Remuneration policy considerations
Selection of performance measures
The performance measures under the Annual Bonus Scheme 
and Long-Term Share Incentive Plan are selected to reflect the 
main KPIs and strategic priorities for the Group. The performance 
measures under the Performance Share Plan are selected to 
directly align awards with shareholder value growth and to reflect 
key drivers of shareholder value growth. The committee’s policy 
is to set performance targets which are both challenging and 
achievable and that the maximum outcomes are only available 
for outstanding performance.

Performance conditions applying to subsisting awards may be 
amended or substituted by the committee if an event occurs 
(such as a change in strategy, a material acquisition or 
divestment of a Group business or a change in prevailing market 
conditions) which causes the committee to determine that the 
measures are no longer appropriate and that amendment is 
required in order that they achieve their original purpose.

Operation of share plans
The committee has discretion to operate the Company’s share 
plans in accordance with their terms, including the ability to 
settle awards in cash and to adjust the terms of awards in the 
event of any variation of the Company’s share capital or any 
demerger, delisting, special dividend or other relevant event.

Policy on Director shareholdings
Prior to the year commencing 1 January 2019, the Company 
had no policy on Director shareholdings.

For the year commencing 1 January 2019 and thereafter, the 
Company expects Directors, when acquiring shares under the 
Annual Bonus Scheme or Long-Term Share Incentive Plan, not 
to dispose of more than 50% of the shares acquired until the day 
on which his or her holding has a market value equal to that of his 
or her basic salary. Shares acquired by Directors pursuant to the 
Performance Share Plan are subject to a two-year post-vesting 
holding period during which acquired shares may not be disposed 
of. Any shares that are sold to discharge the option holder’s fiscal 
(including tax) obligations are not treated as having been acquired.

Post employment, the Company expects Directors not to dispose 
of more than 50% of any shares held as a result of being acquired 
under the Annual Bonus Scheme, Long-Term Share Incentive Plan 
or Performance Share Plan for a period of six months following 
termination of employment. Any shares disposed of during this 
period shall be done in co-ordination with the Company and its 
brokers in order to ensure an orderly market is maintained. 

Malus and clawback
No malus or clawback provisions apply for payments or awards 
made in respect of financial year 2018 or earlier. 

For up to two years following the payment of a bonus under the 
Annual Bonus Scheme, the committee may require repayment of 
some or all of any bonus payment (including by way of reduction 
in the number of deferred shares released) in circumstances 
which the committee considers appropriate, including a material 
misstatement of accounts, an error in assessing performance 
conditions, or misconduct on the part of the participant.

For up to two years after the vesting of an award under the 
Long-Term Share Incentive Plan and Performance Share Plan, 
the committee may cancel an award or require the participant 
to make a payment to the Company in respect of an award in 
the event of gross misconduct, fraud, malpractice, a material 
misstatement of results, a material breach of risk management 
or other circumstances that, in the opinion of the committee, 
have a sufficiently significant impact on the reputation of any 
Group business. 

Legacy arrangements
The committee reserves the right to make any remuneration 
payments and payments for loss of office, notwithstanding 
that they are not in line with the remuneration policy, where the 
terms of the payment were agreed (i) before the policy came 
into effect or (ii) at a time when the relevant individual was not 
a Director of the Company and, in the opinion of the committee, 
the payment was not in consideration for the individual becoming 
a Director of the Company. For these purposes “payments” 
includes the committee satisfying awards of variable remuneration 
and, in relation to an award over shares, the terms of the 
payment are “agreed” at the time the award is granted.

Recruitment
The Company’s nomination committee is responsible for leading 
the process for Board appointments and making recommendations 
to the Board. Refer to the Nomination Committee Report for details. 

Loss of office payments
There are no predetermined special provisions for Directors 
with regard to compensation in the event of loss of office. 
The remuneration committee considers the circumstances of 
individual cases of early termination and only in exceptional 
circumstances would the committee recommend compensation 
payments in excess of the Company’s contractual obligations.

Wider staff employment conditions
The remuneration committee considers pay and employment 
conditions of other staff members of the Group when designing 
and setting executive remuneration. Underpinning all pay is an 
intention to be fair to all staff of the Group, taking into account 
the individual’s seniority and local market practices.

Consultation with shareholders
The remuneration committee is committed to an ongoing 
dialogue with shareholders and seeks the views of significant 
shareholders when any major changes are being made to 
remuneration arrangements. The committee takes into account 
the views of significant shareholders when formulating and 
implementing the policy.

Consultation with employees
The Board and the remuneration committee did not consult with 
employees when formulating and implementing the policy.

Service contracts and letters of appointment
It is the Company’s policy to offer Executive Directors service 
contracts terminable with a maximum of twelve months’ rolling 
notice from either side. 

None of the Non-Executive Directors have a service contract. 
Appointments are for three-year terms, which may be renewed 
by mutual agreement, subject always to termination by either 
party at any time on three months’ notice.

46

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Corporate GovernanceRemuneration scenarios
The following graphs set out an illustration of Executive Director 
pay for 2021. The potential reward opportunities for 2021 are 
based on the remuneration policy described herein. Projected 
values exclude the impact of share price movement and the 
payment of dividends and actual outcomes may differ from 
those shown. Projected values also exclude any potential 
discretionary awards under the Performance Share Plan 2020. 

Three different remuneration scenarios for 2021 are provided, 
as follows:

 ▪ the “minimum” scenario includes base salary, pension and 
benefits (“fixed remuneration”) which are the elements of 
Executive Director pay that are not at risk;

 ▪ the “maximum” scenario includes fixed remuneration, plus a 
maximum bonus of 100% of base salary under the Annual 
Bonus Scheme (50% cash and 50% shares) and an assumption 
that the Executive Directors will be awarded matching shares 
three years later under the Long-Term Share Incentive Plan 
based on a 4x multiple of the shares awarded under the 
Annual Bonus Scheme.

Executive proposed 2021 remuneration

Tom Mullan

Minimum

100%

178,000

On-target

52% 24% 24%

346,000

 ▪ the “on-target” scenario includes fixed remuneration, plus an 

Maximum

26%

25%

49%

676,000

on-target bonus of 50% of base salary under the Annual Bonus 
Scheme (50% cash and 50% shares) and an assumption that 
the Executive Directors will be awarded matching shares three 
years later under the Long-Term Share Incentive Plan based on 
a 2x multiple of the shares awarded under the Annual Bonus 
Scheme; and

Ian Manocha

Minimum

100%

287,000

On-target

52%

24% 24%

559,000

Maximum

26%

25%

49%

1,103,000

 ▪ Salary, pension 
and benefits

 ▪ Annual Bonus 

Scheme

 ▪ Long-Term Share 
Incentive Plan

Total 
Remuneration

Directors’ remuneration report
Role of the remuneration committee
The remuneration committee’s key role is to determine and operate a remuneration policy that supports the Company’s strategy 
and promotes long-term sustainable success and aligns the interests of Directors and Senior Executives with those of shareholders. 

The committee’s primary responsibilities include: 

 ▪ setting remuneration incentives to attract, retain and motivate Senior Executives and other key employees of the quality required 

to run the Company successfully and support its strategy and its long-term success, without paying more than is necessary;

 ▪ approving the total individual remuneration package of each Executive Director;

 ▪ reviewing and setting performance targets for incentive plans including annual bonus and long-term share plans; 

 ▪ determining remuneration outcomes in relation to performance-related pay; and

 ▪ reviewing and approving equity awards under the Performance Share Plan.

Details of the committee’s operation, roles and responsibilities are set out in terms of reference, which are available on the 
Company’s website. 

Salary increases in 2020
Mr I Manocha and Mr T Mullan received a base salary increase of 3% in 2020. The average increase across Group employees in 2020 
was 3.1%. There is no link between base salary and the Company’s share price.

Variable pay in 2020
The variable element of Director pay comprises a performance-based bonus under the Annual Bonus Scheme and an equity award 
under the Long-Term Share Incentive Plan. In addition, Directors holding share options under the now-expired Share Option Plan 2010 
(see page 49 for details) are included in this section as they are considered to constitute variable pay until such time as the options 
are exercised (subject to vesting). 

Performance-based annual bonus
The annual bonus awards in respect of 2020 for Executive Directors are set out in the table on page 48. These awards have been 
initially assessed by the committee by reference to predetermined annual performance targets linked to Group objectives and 
individual performance objectives. 

In light of the exceptional circumstances in the year, the remuneration committee considered that it was appropriate to review 
attainment of the original targets for 2020 against prior year and revised market expectations. Attainment in the latter scenarios was 
significantly higher (over 250% and over 60% of the original 2020 targets respectively). Therefore, the remuneration committee 
concluded it was reasonable and fair to override the formulaic outcome. In reaching this determination, the remuneration committee 
exercised independent judgement and considered a number of factors, including: the Group’s overall performance; the overall impact 
of COVID-19; the self-sustenance of the business throughout the pandemic (no job losses, pay cuts, furlough or other government 
assistance in any location globally); the acquisition of Inforalgo; the growth against many 2019 baseline measures; and the individual 
contribution of the individual Directors. Having considered these factors, the committee determined to increase the award for each of 
the Executive Directors using a number of adjustments which, in aggregate, equate to 15% of base salary. 

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

47

CORPORATE GOVERNANCERemuneration report continued

Directors’ remuneration report continued
Variable pay in 2020 continued
Performance-based annual bonus continued

Measure

Clareti ARR
Group revenue
Clareti revenue
Clareti cash EBITDA
Group adjusted EBITDA
Personal objectives

Formulaic bonus outcome (% of base)

Discretionary adjustment(2)

Final bonus outcome payable (% of base)

Weighting

Attainment
(CEO)

Attainment
(CFO)

15%
15%
15%
15%
15%
25%

81%
90%
79%
62%
110%
90%

26.5%(1)

15%

41.5%

81%
90%
79%
62%
110%
90%

26.5%(1)

15% 

41.5%

(1)   As previously reported, the Annual Bonus Scheme was operated at 50% level during 2019 for transitional purposes, and at full level (i.e. 100%) in 2020, in line 

with commitments made to shareholders when the scheme and the Long-Term Share Incentive Plan were adopted. As such, variable pay awards for 2020 are 
comparatively higher as they take account of the increased bonus potential in 2020.

(2)   Refer to commentary in the paragraph above for an explanation on the use of discretion. 

Equity awards under the Long-Term Share Incentive Plan
The first awards under the Long-Term Share Incentive Plan were made in 2020 in respect of performance in financial year 2019. 
The award under the Long-Term Share Incentive Plan is calculated as a multiple of the number of deferred shares awarded under 
the Annual Bonus Scheme. The award will vest after three years and only if and to the extent that the Company’s financial performance 
over financial years 2020, 2021 and 2022 achieve the predetermined targets specified by the committee. In this regard, the committee 
determined that the growth measure should be Group revenues and the return measure should be total shareholder return. The 
maximum potential matching share award, for achievement of stretch performance on both growth and return measures, is four 
times the number of deferred shares. See below for details. 

Single figure for total remuneration (audited information)
The following table sets out the single figure for total remuneration for Directors for the financial years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019:

31 December 2020

Executive Directors
I Manocha 
T Mullan

Base 
salary/fees 
£ 

Benefits
in kind 
£ 

Performance-
related bonus ⁽1⁾

£ 

267,114 
163,850

2,327
2,840

111,797
68,452

Non-Executive Directors 
K Archer (resigned 30 Sept 2020) 
I Joss (resigned 31 Oct 2020)
A Balchin 
P Simmonds (appointed 1 Aug 2020) 
J Knott (appointed 12 Oct 2020) 
R Wandhöfer (appointed 12 Oct 2020) 

60,000 
33,333
41,102
33,333
10,096
8,974

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

IFRS 2 
share-based 
payment
charge 
£ 

Total 
2020
£

25,789
42,506

420,377
285,828

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

60,000
33,333
41,102
33,333
10,096
8,974

Pension 
£ 

13,350
8,180

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

(1)   Bonus plan fully implemented in 2020 after being operated at 50% level during 2019 for transitional purposes. Paid 50% in cash bonus and 50% in shares.

617,802

5,167

180,249 ⁽1⁾

21,530

68,295

893,043

31 December 2019

Executive Directors
I Manocha 
T Mullan

Non-Executive Directors 
K Archer 
I Joss
A Balchin

Base 
salary/fees 
£ 

261,245 
160,000

80,000 
40,000 
40,000

Benefits
in kind 
£ 

Performance-
related bonus (1)
£ 

Pension 
£ 

IFRS 2 
share-based 
payment
charge 
£ 

Total 
2019
£

2,223
3,087

59,806
38,833

33,056 (2)
8,000

—
38,352

356,330
248,272

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

80,000 
40,000
40,000

581,245

5,310

98,639

41,056

38,352

764,602

(1)  Bonus plan implemented at 50% level during 2019 for transitional purposes. Paid 50% in cash bonus and 50% in shares.

(2)  Includes a one-off payment in lieu of pension contributions of £20,000 to satisfy an outstanding contractual obligation.

48

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Corporate GovernanceIFRS 2 share-based payment charges referred to in the table above are accounting charges that are calculated in accordance with 
applicable accounting rules as set out in note 22 of the Group financial statements. These charges do not represent cash payments. 
Benefits in kind include provision of private healthcare and death in service insurance.

Interests in options (audited information)
The Group operated the Share Option Plan 2010 and Long-Term Share Incentive Plan (as shown in the remuneration policy) during the 
year, under which Directors are able to subscribe for ordinary shares in the Company. The interests of the Directors under those plans 
at the start and end of the year are as set out in the tables below. The interests of the Directors to subscribe for or acquire ordinary 
shares have not changed since the year end. Further details concerning the plans, including vesting conditions, can be found in note 22 
to the Group financial statements.

Share Option Plan 2010 

Executive Directors
I Manocha(1) (2)
T Mullan(1) (3)
T Mullan(1) (3)
Non-Executive 
Directors 
K Archer 
(resigned 
30 Sept 2020)
I Joss 
(resigned 
31 Oct 2020)
A Balchin 
P Simmonds 
(appointed 
1 Aug 2020)
J Knott 
(appointed 
12 Oct 2020)
R Wandhöfer 
(appointed 
12 Oct 2020)

Options at
1 January
2020 

1,500,000 
200,000
100,000

700,000 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

2,500,000 

Granted

Cancelled

Exercised

Options at
31 December
2020

Date of
grant

Exercise
price

Date first

exercisable  Expiry date

— 
—
—

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

—

— 
—
—

—  1,500,000 
—
200,000
—
100,000

01.06.15
14.03.18
28.03.19

111p  01.06.18 01.06.25
14.03.21 14.03.28
227p
28.03.22 28.03.29
97p

—  700,000

—

31.12.10

28p  31.12.13 31.12.20

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

—  700,000 1,800,000

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

(1)  Options over which the Director has agreed to pay any employer’s National Insurance arising from the exercise of the options.

(2)  Vested.

(3)  Yet to vest.

Long-Term Share Incentive Plan 
The following table sets out the maximum potential awards. Vesting is subject to performance and retention conditions in accordance 
with the rules of the Deferred Share Bonus Plan 2017. No awards were made to Non-Executive Directors.

Awards at
1 January
2020 

Granted

Cancelled

Exercised

Awards at
31 December
2020

Date of
grant

Exercise
price

Date first

exercisable  Expiry date

Executive Directors
I Manocha(1) (2)
T Mullan(1) (2)

—
—

—

104,008
67,532

171,540

— 
—

— 

— 
—

—

104,008
67,532

171,540

20.03.20
20.03.20

nil
nil

20.03.23 20.03.30
20.03.23 20.03.30

(1)  Options over which the Director has agreed to pay any employer’s National Insurance arising from the exercise of the options.

(2)  All options for both are yet to vest.

Payments for loss of office (audited information)
No payments for loss of office were made during the year ended 31 December 2020 (2019: £nil).

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

49

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
 
Remuneration report continued

Directors’ remuneration report continued
Percentage change in CEO remuneration
The table below sets out the increase in the total remuneration of the CEO and our staff (excluding promotions where relevant) in 2020. 
The comparative is all staff (around 150 people) because this group is considered to be the most relevant, due to the structure of 
total remuneration.

CEO (I Manocha)
All staff

Change in base 
salary (effective 
April 2020)

2020 
bonus payment 
(% of base salary)

3.0%
3.1%

41.5%
8.2%

Relative importance of spend on pay
The chart below shows the total Directors’ remuneration compared to total employee pay cost and profit before tax (for continuing 
operations and before exceptional items but including distributions) for the five years ended 31 December 2020. There were no share 
buy backs in the year. 

Total employee pay compared to profit before tax (£’000)

Total CEO pay (£’000)

,

9
3
4
6

14,000

12,000

10,000

8,000

6,000

4,000

2,000

0

-2000

1
1
,
9
5
3

,

1
0
4
3
3

,

2
4
8
1

6
1
8

3
,
1
4
7

8
2
3

1
3
,
1
0
4

,

1
3
4
9
9

(
1
,
2
2
7
)

7
1
8

7
6
5

3
6
6

7
0
8

8
9
3

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

 ▪ Employee pay
 ▪ Directors’ remuneration

 ▪ Profit/(loss) before tax (excluding exceptionals)

 Total
 Fixed pay

 Total CEO pay excluding SBP and loss of office
 Variable pay

Change in CEO pay
The graph above shows the single total figure of remuneration for the role of CEO for the current and previous seven years. 

Comparison of Company performance
The graph below shows the Company’s performance, as measured by total shareholder return, for each of the last six financial years 
in terms of the change in value (with dividends reinvested) of an initial investment of £100 on 31 December 2010 in a holding of the 
Company’s shares against the corresponding total shareholder return in a hypothetical holding of shares in the FTSE TechMark 
All-Share Index. The FTSE TechMark All-Share Index was selected as it represents a broad equity market index in which the Company 
is a constituent member.

Total shareholder return including dividend reinvestment (£)

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

Gresham Technologies plc

 ▪ FTSE TechMark All-Share Index

This graph shows the value, by the end of 2020, of £100 invested in Gresham Technologies plc on 31 December 2010 compared with 
the value of £100 invested in the FTSE TechMark All-Share Index. The other points are values at intervening financial year ends.

50

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Corporate Governance 
Change in CEO pay continued
The graph on page 50 is derived from the data in the following table:
2016

2015

2017

2018

2019

2020

I Manocha (CEO from 1 June 2015)
Base salary
Benefits in kind
Bonus
Pension
IFRS 2 share-based payment charges

C Errington (CEO until 1 June 2015)
Base salary
Benefits in kind
Bonus
Pension
IFRS 2 share-based payment charges

145,833 (1) 
544 (1)
— 
7,292 (1)
35,889 (1)

189,558 (1)

62,500 (2)
545 (2)
— 

3,125 (2)

— 

66,170 (2)

250,000 
1,983 
— 
12,500 
75,441 

339,924 

254,000
1,491
20,400
12,765
220,233

508,889

259,840
2,882
—
12,980
73,744

349,445

261,245
2,223
59,806
33,056
—

356,330

267,114
2,327
111,797
13,350
25,789

420,377

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

—
—
—
—
— 

—

—
—
—
—
— 

—

—
—
—
—
— 

—

—
—
—
—
—

—

Total

255,728 

339,924 

508,889

349,445

356,330

420,377

(1)  Relates to the seven-month period 1 June 2015 to 31 December 2015.

(2)  Relates to the five-month period 1 January 2015 to 30 June 2015.

Service contracts
Mr I Manocha has a service agreement dated 15 February 2015, 
which is terminable by twelve months’ rolling notice from either 
side. Mr T Mullan’s service agreement is dated 5 February 2018 
and is terminable by six months’ rolling notice from either side. 

Each of the Non-Executive Directors has a letter of appointment. 
Appointments are for three-year terms, which may be renewed 
by mutual agreement, subject always to termination by either 
party at any time on three months’ notice.

All Director service contracts and letters of appointment are 
available for inspection by shareholders at the Company’s 
registered office, Aldermary House, 10–15 Queen Street, London 
EC4N 1TX.

Remuneration resolutions at the last AGM
At the last AGM, held on 14 May 2020, the following resolution 
was moved:
Resolution

Against

For (1)

Withheld

Remuneration Report

99.99%

0.01%

0.01%

(1)  Includes votes giving the Chairman discretion.

External advisers
The committee seeks professional advice where it considers it 
appropriate to do so. In the year the Group appointed Grant Thornton 
to advise on the implementation of the new Performance Share 
Plan 2020 with total fees paid in the year of £24,000. The Group 
did not engage any professional remuneration advisers in 2019. 

Jenny Knott
Chair of the remuneration committee
8 March 2021

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

51

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEDirectors’ report
Registered number 01072032

The Directors present their report and the Group financial 
statements for the year ended 31 December 2020.

The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely 
to affect its future development, performance and position, are 
set out within the Strategic Report. Disclosures in respect of 
principal risks and uncertainties, people (including employees 
and disabled employees), global greenhouse gas emissions and 
product development (incorporating research and development 
activities) are included within the Strategic Report under section 
414(c) of the Companies Act 2006. In addition, note 20 to the 
financial statements includes: the Group’s objectives; policies 
and processes for managing its capital; its financial risk 
management objectives; details of its financial instruments and, 
if any, hedging activities; and its exposures to credit risk and 
liquidity risk. The Statement of Corporate Governance beginning 
on page 36 forms part of the Directors’ Report.

Directors and officers
The Directors who served on the Board during the year are set 
out on pages 34 and 35. In addition, Mr K Archer and Ms I Joss 
served on the Board until 30 September 2020 and 31 October 
2020 respectively. Mr J Cathie served as Company Secretary 
throughout the year. 

Results and dividends
The Group profit for the year, after taxation, attributable to equity 
shareholders amounted to £1,261,000 (2019: profit of £1,898,000). 
A final dividend of 0.75 pence per ordinary share (2019: 0.75 pence) 
has been recommended by the Directors. There has been no 
interim dividend (2019: £nil). 

If approved by the passing of a resolution at the forthcoming 
Annual General Meeting, it is intended to pay the final dividend 
on 20 May 2021 to all shareholders on the register at close of 
business on 15 April 2021. The ex-dividend date will be 15 April 2021. 

The profit for the year has been transferred to reserves.

Going concern and viability statement
The Group has sufficient financial resources together with good 
relationships with a number of customers and suppliers across 
different geographic areas and industries. The Group has access 
to a strong underlying cash flow arising from long-established 
maintenance businesses with long-standing blue-chip customers 
and strong growth prospects being realised with its flagship 
solution, CTC, and its other Clareti solutions.

After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Company and the Group have adequate 
resources to continue in operational existence for a period of at 
least twelve months from the date of approval of the financial 
statements. For this reason, they continue to adopt the going 
concern basis in preparing the Annual Financial Report 2020.

Refer to page 38 for the viability statement required pursuant 
to Provision C2.2 of the Code.

Post balance sheet events
Events after the reporting date are set out in note 27 to the 
financial statements. 

Significant relationships
In 2020, the Group had one customer relationship considered to be 
individually significant to the Group. This relates to APAC operations 
and generates a mix of revenues from Clareti Solutions and 
Other Solutions, including strategic non-recurring revenues. 
Revenues from this customer relationship individually exceeded 
10% of the Group’s revenue in 2020. In the opinion of the 
Directors, the Group does not have any other individually 
significant relationships. 

Fostering relationships with stakeholders
Refer to pages 30 and 31 for details of the Company’s 
engagement with stakeholders. 

Directors and their interests
The Directors at 31 December 2020 and their connected persons’ 
interests in the share capital of the Company (all beneficially 
held, other than with respect to options to acquire ordinary 
shares which are detailed in the analysis of options included 
in the Directors’ Remuneration Report) are as follows:

Ordinary shares of 5 pence each

31 December 2020

1 January 2020

P Simmonds
A Balchin
J Knott
R Wandhöfer
I Manocha
T Mullan

30,000
8,233
—
13,403
88,685
19,826

 — 
8,233
—
—
75,000
10,940

There have been no further changes in the Directors’ interests 
disclosed above from 31 December 2020 to 28 February 2021. 

Directors’ liabilities
The Company has granted an indemnity to one or more of its 
Directors against liability in respect of proceedings brought by 
third parties, subject to the conditions set out in section 234 of 
the Companies Act 2006. Such qualifying third party indemnity 
provision remains in force as at the date of approving the 
Directors’ Report. Directors’ and officers’ liability insurance with 
an indemnity limit of £10m has been purchased in order to 
minimise the potential impact of proceedings against Directors.

52

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Corporate GovernanceMajor interests in shares
The Company has been notified, either directly or in response 
to a section 793 request made on its behalf, of the following 
interests representing 3% or more of the issued ordinary share 
capital of the Company as at 26 February 2021:

Additional information for shareholders
At 31 December 2020, the Company’s issued share capital comprised:

Number

Nominal
value
£

% of total
share capital

Ordinary shares
of 5 pence each

Percentage
held

Ordinary shares 
of 5 pence each

70,156,458

3,507,823 

100%

Kestrel Investment Partners
Schroder Investment Management
Tellworth Investments
Jupiter Asset Management
JO Hambro Capital Management
Herald Investment Management
Mrs M A Green
Hargreaves Lansdown 
Asset Management
Rimmer Worldwide Limited
Canaccord Genuity 
Wealth Management

12,730,028
8,838,194
7,222,664
4,216,000
3,797,420
3,158,774
3,073,290 

2,327,818
2,178,091

2,150,000

18.15%
12.60%
10.30%
6.01%
5.41%
4.50%
4.38%

3.32%
3.10%

3.06%

Political donations
No donations were made in 2020 or 2019.

Social and community
No social or community review has been performed for 2020 
or 2019.

Special business at the Annual General Meeting
The special business to be conducted at the AGM includes:

 ▪ the Directors’ authority to allot shares and the partial 

disapplication of pre-emption rights. Resolutions will be 
proposed to renew the authorities given to the Directors to 
allot and grant rights over the unissued share capital up to a 
maximum nominal amount of £1,169,274 representing one-third 
of the issued ordinary share capital as at 28 February 2021 and 
to allot and grant rights over shares for cash up to a maximum 
nominal amount of £175,391 representing 5% of the issued 
ordinary share capital as at 28 February 2021, without first 
making a pro rata offer to all existing shareholders;

 ▪ the renewal of the authority of the Company to make market 

purchases of its own ordinary shares. The Company’s authority 
will be limited to 7,015,646 ordinary shares which represents 
10% of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company as at 
28 February 2021; and

 ▪ the authority to call meetings (other than Annual General 

Meetings) on not less than 14 clear days’ notice.

In the opinion of the Directors, the passing of these resolutions 
is in the best interests of the shareholders.

The Company is not aware of any agreements between 
shareholders that may result in restrictions on the transfer 
of securities and for voting rights.

During the year ended 31 December 2020, certain share options 
granted under the Share Option Plan 2010 were exercised and as 
a result the Group issued 1,900,000 ordinary shares 
(2019: 167,021), such shares ranking pari passu with ordinary 
shares then in issue. See note 22 of the Group financial 
statements for further details.

Ordinary shares
On a poll, every member present in person or by proxy and 
entitled to vote shall have one vote for every ordinary share held; 
on a show of hands at a general meeting of the Company, every 
holder of ordinary shares present in person and entitled to vote 
shall have one vote. The notice of the general meeting specifies 
deadlines for exercising voting rights either by proxy notice or 
present in person or by proxy in relation to resolutions to be 
passed at general meeting. All proxy votes are counted and the 
numbers for, against or withheld in relation to each resolution 
are announced at the Annual General Meeting and published on 
the Group’s website after the meeting.

There are no restrictions on the transfer of ordinary shares in the 
Company other than certain restrictions that may from time to 
time be imposed by laws and regulations (for example, insider 
trading laws and market requirements relating to close periods).

The Company’s Articles of Association may only be amended by 
a special resolution at a general meeting of the shareholders. 
Directors are reappointed by ordinary resolution at a general 
meeting of the shareholders. The Board may appoint a Director 
but anyone so appointed must be elected by an ordinary resolution 
at the next Annual General Meeting. Any Director who has held 
office for more than three years since their last appointment by 
shareholders at a general meeting must offer themselves up for 
re-election at the following Annual General Meeting.

Significant interests
Directors’ interests in the share capital of the Company are 
shown in the table on page 52. Major interests (being those 
greater than 3%) of which the Company has been notified are 
shown on the top of this page.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

53

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEDirectors’ report continued
Registered number 1072032

Change of control
In the event of a change of control of the Company, employee share options granted under the Share Option Scheme 2010, the 
Deferred Share Bonus Plan 2017 and the Performance Share Plan 2020 will either accelerate vesting, will be rolled over to the 
acquiring company’s shares or will lapse, depending on the circumstances of the change. Further details are provided in note 22 
to the Group financial statements.

There are no agreements between the Group and its Directors or employees providing for compensation for loss of office or 
employment (whether through resignation, purported redundancy or otherwise) because of a takeover bid.

Power of Directors to issue or buy back shares
The Directors’ existing authorities to allot and grant rights over the unissued share capital, to allot and grant rights over the unissued 
share capital for cash without first making a pro rata offer to all existing shareholders and to make market purchases of shares in the 
issued share capital of the Company are due to expire at the upcoming AGM. Resolutions will be put to shareholders at the upcoming 
AGM of the Company to renew previous authorities granted.

Information to be included in the Annual Financial Report 2020
As part of our requirements under the FCA Listing Rules (“LR”), the information required to be disclosed by LR 9.8.4 R can be found in 
the following locations in this Annual Financial Report 2020:
LR 9.8.4 R

Location

Topic

(1)
(2)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)

Interest capitalised
Publication of unaudited financial information
Details of long-term incentive schemes
Waiver of emoluments by a director
Waiver of future emoluments by a director
Non-pre-emptive issues of equity for cash
Item (7) in relation to major subsidiary undertakings
Parent participation in a placing by a listed subsidiary
Contracts of significance
Provision of services by a controlling shareholder
Shareholder waivers of dividends
Shareholder waivers of future dividends
Agreements with controlling shareholders

Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Page 93
Not applicable
Not applicable
Page 52
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable

All the information cross-referenced above is hereby incorporated by reference into this Directors’ Report.

Auditor
A resolution to reappoint BDO LLP as the Group’s auditor will be put to the forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

Directors’ statement as to disclosure of information to the auditor
The Directors who were members of the Board at the time of approving the Directors’ Report are listed on pages 34 and 35. Having 
made enquiries of fellow Directors and of the Group’s auditor, each of these Directors confirms that:

 ▪ to the best of each Director’s knowledge and belief, there is no information (that is, information needed by the Group’s auditor 

in connection with preparing its report) of which the Group’s auditor is unaware; and

 ▪ each Director has taken all the steps a Director might reasonably be expected to have taken to be aware of relevant audit 

information and to establish that the Group’s auditor is aware of that information.

By order of the Board

Jonathan Cathie
Company Secretary
8 March 2021

54

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Corporate GovernanceStatement of Directors’ responsibilities

Website publication
The Directors are responsible for ensuring the Annual Financial 
Report 2020 is made available on a website. Financial statements 
are published on the Company’s website in accordance with 
legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements, which may vary from 
legislation in other jurisdictions. The maintenance and integrity 
of the Company’s website is the responsibility of the Directors. 
The Directors’ responsibility also extends to the ongoing integrity 
of the financial statements contained therein.

Directors’ responsibilities pursuant to DTR 4
The Directors confirm to the best of their knowledge:

 ▪ the Group financial statements have been prepared in 

accordance with IFRSs adopted by the European Union and 
Article 4 of the IAS Regulation and give a true and fair view of 
the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit and loss of 
the Group; and

 ▪ the Annual Financial Report 2020 includes a fair review of the 

development and performance of the business and the 
financial position of the Group and the Parent Company, 
together with a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties that they face.

On behalf of the Board

Ian Manocha
Chief Executive
8 March 2021

Directors’ responsibilities
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Financial 
Report 2020 in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law, the Directors are 
required to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance 
with international accounting standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and in accordance with 
international financial reporting standards adopted pursuant to 
Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union 
and have elected to prepare the Company financial statements 
in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 100 “Application 
of Financial Reporting Requirements” and Financial Reporting 
Standard 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework” and applicable law. 
Under company law, the Directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view of the state of affairs of the Group and Company and of the 
profit or loss of the Group for that period.

In preparing these financial statements, the Directors are 
required to:

 ▪ select suitable accounting policies and then apply 

them consistently;

 ▪ make judgements and accounting estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent;

 ▪ state whether they have been prepared in accordance with 
IFRSs as adopted by the European Union, subject to any 
material departures disclosed and explained in the financial 
statements; and

 ▪ prepare a Strategic Report, Directors’ Report and Directors’ 
Remuneration Report which comply with the requirements 
of the Companies Act 2006.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time 
the financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure 
that the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 
2006 and, as regards the Group financial statements, Article 4 of 
the International Accounting Standards (“IAS”) Regulation. They 
are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company 
and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and 
detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for ensuring that the Annual 
Financial Report 2020, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Group’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

55

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEIndependent auditor’s report  
to the members of Gresham Technologies plc

Independence
Following the recommendation of the audit committee as a 
consequence of the tender process as described on page 41, we 
were reappointed by the Directors on 11 November 2020 to audit the 
financial statements for the year ending 31 December 2020 and 
subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted 
engagement including retenders and reappointments is eleven years, 
covering the years ending 31 December 2010 to 31 December 2020. 
We remain independent of the Group and the Parent Company in 
accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our 
audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s 
Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest entities, and we 
have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with 
these requirements. The non-audit services prohibited by that 
standard were not provided to the Group or the Parent Company.

Conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the 
Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the 
preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. Our evaluation 
of the Directors’ assessment of the Group and the Parent Company’s 
ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting 
included evaluating the following:

 ▪ the Directors’ method including the relevance and reliability of 
underlying data used to make the assessment, and whether 
assumptions and changes to assumptions from prior years are 
appropriate and consistent with each other.

 ▪ the Directors’ plans for future actions in relation to the going 

concern assessment including whether such plans are feasible 
in the circumstances.

 ▪ the Directors’ stress-testing of the forecasts to the extent of 

reasonable worst-case scenarios.

 ▪ the adequacy and appropriateness of disclosures in the financial 
statements regarding the going concern assessment and any 
material uncertainties that may exist.

We carried out the above procedures through using our 
understanding of the business model, objectives, strategies and 
related business risk, the measurement and review of the entity’s 
financial performance including forecasting and budgeting processes 
and the entity’s risk assessment process.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any 
material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, 
individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the entity’s 
ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve 
months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue. 

In relation to the Parent Company’s reporting on how it has applied 
the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing material to 
add or draw attention to in relation to the Directors’ statement in 
the financial statements about whether the Directors considered 
it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with 
respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections 
of this report.

Opinion on the financial statements
In our opinion:

 ▪ the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the 
Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 31 December 
2020 and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended;

 ▪ the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in 

accordance with international accounting standards in conformity 
with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006;

 ▪ the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in 
accordance with international financial reporting standards 
adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in 
the European Union;

 ▪ the Parent Company financial statements have been properly 

prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in 
conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and 
as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 
2006; and

 ▪ the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with 
the requirements of the Companies Act 2006; and, as regards the 
Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

We have audited the financial statements of Gresham 
Technologies Plc (the ‘Parent Company’) and its subsidiaries 
(the ‘Group’) for the year ended 31 December 2020 which 
comprise the Consolidated Income Statement, the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated Statement 
of Financial Position, the Consolidated Statement of Changes in 
Equity, the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow, notes to the 
Consolidated financial statements, the Company Balance Sheet, 
the Company Statement of Changes in Equity and notes to the 
Company financial statements, including a summary of significant 
accounting policies. The financial reporting framework that has 
been applied in their preparation is applicable law and international 
accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006 and international financial reporting standards 
adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies 
in the European Union, and as regards the Parent Company 
financial statements, as applied in accordance with the 
provisions of the Companies Act 2006.

Separate opinion in relation to IFRSs as 
issued by the IASB
As explained in note 2 to the Group financial statements, the Group 
in addition to complying with its legal obligation to apply international 
accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006, has also applied IFRSs as issued by the 
International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

In our opinion the Group financial statements give a true and fair 
view of the consolidated financial position of the Group as at 
31 December 2020 and of its consolidated financial performance 
and its consolidated cash flows for the year then ended in 
accordance with IFRSs as issued by the IASB.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards 
on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 
under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s 
responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section 
of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained 
is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. 
Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the 
audit committee. 

56

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Financial StatementsOverview

Direct coverage 
by the Group 
engagement 
team

Key audit 
matters

55% (2019: 53%) of Group revenue

84% (2019: 84%) of Group total assets

2020

2019

Development costs
Goodwill and intangible asset 
impairment risk
Revenue and profit recognition
Acquisition of Inforalgo 
Information Technology Limited

Materiality

Group financial statements as a whole

£180,000 (2019: £110,000) based on 0.75% 
of revenue (2019: 5% of the result before tax)

An overview of the scope of our audit
Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the 
Group and its environment, including the Group’s system of internal 
control, and assessing the risks of material misstatement in the 
financial statements. We also addressed the risk of management 
override of internal controls, including assessing whether there was 
evidence of bias by the Directors that may have represented a risk of 
material misstatement.

The Group audit team, based in the UK, performed full scope audits 
of the significant components in the UK, comprising 34% of Group 
revenue and 84% of Group total assets. The audit of the Asia Pacific 
region significant component was performed by our component 
auditors, BDO Sydney. The full scope audit of this component 
comprised 45% of Group revenue and 16% of Group total assets. 

In respect of insignificant components, the Group audit team, based 
in the UK carried out targeted procedures in respect of revenue and 
profit recognition as noted in the key audit matters section of this 
report. In doing so the Group audit team tested 21% of Group 
revenue applicable to insignificant components.

Our involvement with component auditors
For the work performed by component auditors, we determined the 
level of involvement needed in order to be able to conclude whether 
sufficient appropriate audit evidence has been obtained as a basis 
for our opinion on the Group financial statements as a whole. Our 
involvement with component auditors included the following:

 ▪ the issuance of detailed instructions that included prescriptive 
procedures to be performed on the significant risks of material 
misstatement;

 ▪ further involvement in directing the audit strategy through a review 
of the component auditor’s work plans and meetings with BDO 
Sydney at the audit planning stage;

 ▪ supervision of the audit process that included regular communication 
with the component auditor and a review of their audit files; and

 ▪ attending an audit close meeting at the conclusion of the 

component audit.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of 
the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we identified, 
including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit, and directing the efforts of 
the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our 
opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

Key audit matter

How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter 

Development costs
As detailed in the accounting policies on page 67, and 
significant estimates and judgements on page 67.

We evaluated the Group’s accounting policy in this area to ensure that their 
recognition and measurement principles were in accordance with 
International Accounting Standard 38. 

Development costs are recognised as an intangible asset if 
specific criteria have been met. 

During the year, developments costs of £3,561,000 
(2019: £3,259,000) have been capitalised. 

There are a number of judgements involved in accounting 
for development expenditure, including whether the 
activities are appropriate for capitalisation in accordance 
with the criteria of the standard, the allocation of the 
development costs to a particular Clareti product. 

The risk also encompasses the possibility that the 
development activities may be maintenance by nature or 
supersede costs previously capitalised. Due to the level of 
judgement, there is considered to be an inherent risk of 
management override of controls.

We agreed a sample of capitalised costs to underlying supporting 
documentation. This included obtaining time records to corroborate the 
allocation of cost between products and inspecting employee contracts to 
check that their stated job roles support their involvement in development 
activities. We also recalculated the on-costs and overheads capitalised with 
reference to source data and checked that the five criteria for capitalisation, 
as required by the standard, had been met.

The testing included gaining an understanding of the projects from the 
development team, as well as obtaining evidence of future economic benefits 
such as customer contracts and pipeline opportunities. We also critically 
assessed assumptions such as the level of non-productive time inherent in 
the development of each product based on factors including the product’s 
stage of maturity. 

Furthermore, we specifically reviewed the nature of costs capitalised as 
enhancements to software available for sale; ensured that the enhancements 
did not supersede existing development costs; and determined whether such 
enhancements met each of the five criteria for capitalisation under the standard. 

In respect of enhancements to established software, we assessed the nature 
of the new releases – and resultant sales opportunities – to assess whether 
there was evidence of superseding previous development effort. 

Key observations
Based on the audit work performed we consider that development costs 
have been capitalised appropriately and in accordance with the Group’s 
accounting policy.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

57

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSIndependent auditor’s report continued

Key audit matters continued
Key audit matter

Goodwill and intangible asset impairment risk
As detailed in the accounting policies on page 67, and 
significant estimates and judgements on page 67. 

Goodwill and capitalised development costs during 
development are tested for impairment at least annually 
through comparing the recoverable amount of the 
cash-generating unit, based on a value-in-use calculation, 
to the carrying value. Furthermore, once available for use, 
capitalised development costs are tested for impairment 
where an indicator of impairment arises. This risk is 
considered significant due to the level of judgement 
involved and the opportunity for management bias within 
the impairment model assumptions. There is also a 
significant risk that impairment indicators for particular 
intangible assets might not be identified.

Revenue and profit recognition
As detailed in the accounting policies on page 67. 

The Group earns revenue from the sale of software 
licenses, rendering of services, subscriptions and 
maintenance and solution sales. Management exercises 
judgement in their assessment of the stage of completion 
of service contracts and the unbundling of multi-element 
solution sales, with reference to the estimated standalone 
selling prices of the deemed performance obligations, both 
of which determine the recognition of revenue and profit 
and so present a revenue recognition risk. In line with the 
requirements of International Financial Reporting Standard 15, 
management continue to exercise judgement in determining 
whether performance obligations, such as software licences 
and support and maintenance contracts, are considered 
distinct; the level of consideration to be allocated to the 
performance obligations based on standalone selling 
prices; and whether the revenue in respect of the 
performance obligations is recognised at a point in time or 
over time. Revenue and profit recognition is considered a 
significant risk due to the manual adjustments required in 
order to appropriately recognise the distinct performance 
obligations within revenue contracts, which can involve 
management judgement.

Acquisition of Inforalgo Information Technology 
Limited
As detailed note 23 to the financial statements on page 96, 
and significant estimates and judgements on page 68.

As detailed in the judgements and key sources of 
estimation uncertainty within the accounting policies, the 
Group undertook an acquisition during the financial year. 
The acquisition resulted in the recognition of intangible 
assets at fair value of £2,078,000 and goodwill of 
£2,439,000. Management have recognised on acquisition 
separately identifiable intangible assets in respect of 
software and customer relationships, exercising judgement 
in estimating the fair value for each. A third party specialist 
was commissioned by management to assist with the 
valuations. The provision for contingent consideration is 
based upon estimates, at the date of acquisition, of future 
performance of the acquired entity. This matter is 
considered to be a significant risk as management had 
to exercise judgement in determining the fair value of 
the consideration, which contained a contingent element, 
and the assets and liabilities acquired.

How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter 

We performed a review of the Group’s goodwill and intangible assets and 
examined for indicators of impairment. We also assessed the impairment 
reviews prepared by management, specifically reviewing the integrity of 
management’s value-in-use model and, with the assistance of our valuation 
experts, we challenged the key inputs, being forecast growth rates, operating 
cash flows and the discount rate. Our audit procedures for the review of 
operating cash flows and forecast growth rates included, amongst others, 
comparing the forecast to recent financial performance and budgets 
approved by the Board. We used market data to independently calculate a 
discount rate for comparison and also performed our own sensitivity analysis 
upon the key valuation inputs.

Key observations
Based on the procedures performed, we did not identify any material 
impairments nor any evidence of impairment indicators for particular 
intangible assets that has not been identified.

We reviewed in detail the revenue recognition principles applied to the 
significant new contracts written and performed during the year and ensured 
that the revenue recognition policies were in accordance with the accounting 
standards and the accounting policy. In particular, we checked a sample of 
solution sales and assessed the appropriateness of unbundling contract 
revenue into separate performance obligations along with any judgements in 
the allocation of the consideration across the performance obligations based 
on estimated standalone selling prices. We assessed this judgement through 
benchmarking with reference to historic contracts executed by the Group and 
external sources in relation to the sector. For the licence element of new 
contracts executed in close proximity to the year end, we obtained evidence 
that the software had been delivered to the customer prior to the end of the 
financial year. We agreed a sample of sales and, where relevant, underlying 
time costs to supporting contracts and other documentation, including user 
acceptance evidence, statements of works and time records.

Key observations
Based on the work performed, we consider that revenue has been recognised 
appropriately and is in accordance with IFRS 15 and the Group’s revenue 
recognition accounting policy.

In respect of the fair value of the consideration, we reviewed management’s 
calculation with reference to the sale and purchase agreement. We also 
assessed the estimate of contingent consideration against forecasts and 
current performance and verified the initial cash consideration to 
documentation such as the sale and purchase agreement and completion 
statement. We ensured that the acquisition accounting exercise had been 
carried out in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standard 3, 
Business Combinations, and reviewed management’s estimates in respect of 
the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired. In particular, we assessed 
the valuation of the intangible assets that were considered separately 
identifiable on acquisition, testing the key inputs and assumptions in the 
valuation model and, with the assistance of our valuations specialists, 
reviewed the methodology deployed. We also assessed the competence, 
capability and objectivity of the Group’s experts who prepared the IFRS 3 
purchase price allocation exercise. We also considered the completeness 
of the separately identifiable intangible assets with reference to our 
understanding of the business and key motivations of the transaction.

Key observations
Based on the audit work performed, we consider that the acquisition of 
Inforalgo, including the separately identifiable intangible assets and contingent 
consideration has been recognised appropriately in the financial statements.

58

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Financial StatementsOur application of materiality 
We apply the concept of materiality both in planning and performing our audit, and in evaluating the effect of misstatements. We consider 
materiality to be the magnitude by which misstatements, including omissions, could influence the economic decisions of reasonable users 
that are taken on the basis of the financial statements. 

In order to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that any misstatements exceed materiality, we use a lower materiality level, 
performance materiality, to determine the extent of testing needed. Importantly, misstatements below these levels will not necessarily be 
evaluated as immaterial as we also take account of the nature of identified misstatements, and the particular circumstances of their 
occurrence, when evaluating their effect on the financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole and performance materiality as follows:

Group financial statements

Parent Company financial statements

Materiality

Basis for determining 
materiality

Rationale for the 
benchmark applied

2020
£’000

180

2019
£’000

110

2020
£’000

105

2019
£’000

60

0.75% of revenue

5% of profit before 
taxation

We considered 5% of profit 
before tax to be a key 
performance benchmark 
for the Group and its 
members in assessing 
financial performance. 

As a growing technology 
business we consider 
revenue to be the key 
performance measure in 
driving the valuation of the 
Group and informing the 
economic decisions of the 
users of the financial 
statements. This is 
particularly in light of 
revenues being an 
increasing basis of business 
valuation in the sector.

1% of total assets 
(capped based on 
Group materiality)

1% of total assets 
(capped based on 
Group materiality)

We considered total assets 
to be the most appropriate 
measure for the basis of 
materiality as the Parent 
Company is primarily an 
investment holding 
company.

We considered total assets 
to be the most appropriate 
measure for the basis of 
materiality as the Parent 
Company is primarily an 
investment holding 
company.

Performance materiality

117

77

68

42

Basis for determining 
performance materiality

On the basis of our risk 
assessment, together with 
our assessment of the 
Company’s control 
environment, our 
judgement is that 
performance materiality 
for the financial statements 
should be 65%.

On the basis of our risk 
assessment, together with 
our assessment of the 
Company’s control 
environment, our 
judgement is that 
performance materiality 
for the financial statements 
should be 70%.

On the basis of our risk 
assessment, together with 
our assessment of the 
Company’s control 
environment, our 
judgement is that 
performance materiality 
for the financial statements 
should be 65%.

On the basis of our risk 
assessment, together with 
our assessment of the 
Company’s control 
environment, our 
judgement is that 
performance materiality 
for the financial statements 
should be 70%.

Component materiality
We set materiality for each component of the Group based on a 
percentage of between 17% and 75% of Group materiality dependent 
on the size and our assessment of the risk of material misstatement 
of that component. Component materiality ranged from £30,000 to 
£135,000. In the audit of each component, we further applied 
performance materiality levels of 65% of the component materiality 
to our testing to ensure that the risk of errors exceeding component 
materiality was appropriately mitigated.

Reporting threshold 
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them 
all individual audit differences in excess of £3,600 (2019: £2,200). 
We also agreed to report differences below this threshold that, in our 
view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

59

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSIndependent auditor’s report continued

Other information
The Directors are responsible for the other information. The other 
information comprises the information included in the Annual 
Financial Report other than the financial statements and our 
Auditor’s Report thereon. Our opinion on the financial statements 
does not cover the other information and, except to the extent 
otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form 
of assurance conclusion thereon. Our responsibility is to read the 
other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other 
information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements 
or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise 
appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such material 
inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required 
to determine whether this gives rise to a material misstatement in 
the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have 
performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of 
this other information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

Corporate Governance Statement
The Listing Rules require us to review the Directors’ statement in 
relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the 
Corporate Governance Statement relating to the Parent Company’s 
compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance 
Statement specified for our review. 

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have 
concluded that each of the following elements of the Corporate 
Governance Statement is materially consistent with the financial 
statements or our knowledge obtained during the audit.

Going concern 
and longer-term 
viability

 ▪ The Directors’ statement with regards the 

appropriateness of adopting the going concern 
basis of accounting and any material 
uncertainties identified as set out on page 52; 
and

 ▪ The Directors’ explanation as to its assessment 

of the entity’s prospects, the period this 
assessment covers and why the period is 
appropriate as set out on page 52.

Other Code 
provisions 

 ▪ Directors’ statement on fair, balanced and 
understandable as set out on page 55; 

 ▪ Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a 

robust assessment of the emerging and principal 
risks as set out on page 55; 

 ▪ The section of the Annual Report that describes 
the review of effectiveness of risk management 
and internal control systems as set out on page 
41; and

 ▪ The section describing the work of the audit 

committee as set out on page 40.

60

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Other Companies Act 2006 reporting
Based on the responsibilities described below and our work 
performed during the course of the audit, we are required by the 
Companies Act 2006 and ISAs (UK) to report on certain opinions and 
matters as described below. 

Strategic 
Report and 
Directors’ 
Report 

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the 
course of the audit:

 ▪ the information given in the Strategic Report and 
the Directors’ Report for the financial year for 
which the financial statements are prepared is 
consistent with the financial statements; and

 ▪ the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report 

have been prepared in accordance with applicable 
legal requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of 
the Group and Parent Company and its environment 
obtained in the course of the audit, we have not 
identified material misstatements in the Strategic 
Report or the Directors’ Report.

Directors’ 
remuneration

In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report to be audited has been properly prepared in 
accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

Corporate 
Governance 
Statement

Matters on 
which we are 
required to 
report by 
exception

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the 
course of the audit the information about internal 
control and risk management systems in relation to 
financial reporting processes and about share capital 
structures, given in compliance with rules 7.2.5 and 
7.2.6 in the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency 
Rules sourcebook made by the Financial Conduct 
Authority (the FCA Rules), is consistent with the 
financial statements and has been prepared in 
accordance with applicable legal requirements. 

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the 
Group and the Parent Company and its environment 
obtained in the course of the audit, we have not 
identified material misstatements in this information.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the 
course of the audit information about the Company’s 
corporate governance code and practices and about 
its administrative, management and supervisory bodies 
and their committees complies with rules 7.2.2, 7.2.3 
and 7.2.7 of the FCA Rules.

We have nothing to report arising from our 
responsibility to report if a corporate governance 
statement has not been prepared by the Parent 
Company.

We have nothing to report in respect of the following 
matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 
requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:

 ▪ adequate accounting records have not been kept 
by the Parent Company, or returns adequate for 
our audit have not been received from branches 
not visited by us; or

 ▪ the Parent Company financial statements and the 
part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be 
audited are not in agreement with the accounting 
records and returns; or

 ▪ certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration 

specified by law are not made; or

 ▪ we have not received all the information and 

explanations we require for our audit.

Financial StatementsOur audit procedures were designed to respond to risks of 
material misstatement in the financial statements, recognising 
that the risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to 
fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from 
error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for 
example, forgery, misrepresentations or through collusion. There 
are inherent limitations in the audit procedures performed and 
the further removed non-compliance with laws and regulations 
is from the events and transactions reflected in the financial 
statements, the less likely we are to become aware of it.

A further description of our responsibilities is available on the Financial 
Reporting Council’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. 
This description forms part of our Auditor’s Report.

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the Parent Company’s members, as 
a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies 
Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might 
state to the Parent Company’s members those matters we are 
required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other 
purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept 
or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Parent 
Company and the Parent Company’s members as a body, for our 
audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Malcolm Thixton (Senior Statutory Auditor)
For and on behalf of BDO LLP, Statutory Auditor
Southampton
United Kingdom
8 March 2021

BDO LLP is a limited liability partnership registered in England and 
Wales (with registered number OC305127).

Responsibilities of Directors
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities, 
the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial 
statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, 
and for such internal control as the Directors determine is necessary 
to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible 
for assessing the Group’s and the Parent Company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters 
related to going concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group 
or the Parent Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic 
alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether 
the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an 
auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance 
is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit 
conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a 
material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise 
from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or 
in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence 
the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these 
financial statements.

Extent to which the audit was capable of detecting 
irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance 
with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our 
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements 
in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which 
our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including 
fraud is detailed below.

Procedures performed by the Group audit team included:

 ▪ evaluation of management incentives and opportunities for 

fraudulent manipulation of the financial statements including 
management override;

 ▪ this evaluation involved a particular focus on the judgements 

and estimates inherent in the key audit matters and exercising 
professional scepticism in considering the impact of those 
estimates and judgements on the reported results and key 
performance measures such as annually recurring revenues 
and cash EBITDA;

 ▪ the evaluation also involved gaining an understanding of 

Management remuneration schemes and the extent to which 
remuneration is influenced by reported results;

 ▪ discussions with management and the Audit Committee 

regarding known or suspected instances of non-compliance 
with laws and regulations;

 ▪ evaluation of controls designed to prevent and detect 

irregularities;

 ▪ review of Board minutes for any evidence of fraud or 

non-compliance with laws and regulations; and

 ▪ assessment of journal entries to accounts that are considered 
to carry a greater risk of fraud as part of our planned audit 
approach. 

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

61

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSConsolidated income statement

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit

Adjusted administrative expenses

Adjusted operating profit

Adjusting administrative items:
Exceptional items
Impairment of development costs
Amortisation on acquired intangibles
Share-based payments

Total administrative expenses

Operating profit from continuing operations
Share of post-tax profit from joint venture
Finance revenue
Finance costs

Profit before taxation from continuing operations
Taxation

Profit/(loss) after taxation from continuing operations
Net gain on sale of discontinued operations
Profit after taxation from discontinuing operations

Profit attributable to the equity holders of the Parent

Earnings per share
Statutory
Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 

Adjusted
Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 

Earnings per share – continuing operations
Statutory
Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 

Adjusted
Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 

Year ended
31 December
2020
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2019
£’000

24,752
(3,860)

20,892

24,961 
(3,933)

21,028 

(19,054)

(19,302)

1,838

1,726 

(400)
—
(893)
(220)

(1,513)

(20,567)

325
—
37
(54)

308
953

1,261
—
—

1,261

pence
1.84
1.80

4.04
3.96

1.84
1.80

4.04
3.96

(10)
(647)
(794)
(77)

(1,528)

(20,830)

198 
66
104 
(65) 

303 
(443) 

(140) 

1,985
53

1,898 

pence
2.78
2.72

2.11
2.07

(0.21)
(0.21)

2.04
1.99

Notes

3,4

4
13
13
22

4,5

3,8
8

9

10
10

10
10

10
10

10
10

62

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Financial StatementsConsolidated statement of comprehensive income

Profit attributable to the equity holders of the Parent

Other comprehensive expenses
Items that will or may be re-classified into profit or loss: 
Exchange differences on translating foreign operations 

Total other comprehensive expenses

Total comprehensive income for the year

Year ended
31 December
2020
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2019
£’000

1,261

1,898

(113)

(113)

1,148

(3) 

(3) 

1,895 

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

63

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSConsolidated statement of financial position

Assets
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use assets
Intangible assets
Deferred tax assets

Current assets
Trade and other receivables
Contract assets
Income tax receivable
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Equity and liabilities
Equity attributable to owners of the Parent
Called up equity share capital
Share premium account
Own share reserve
Other reserves
Foreign currency translation reserve
Retained earnings

Total equity attributable to owners of the Parent

Non-current liabilities
Contract liabilities
Lease liabilities
Deferred tax liability
Provisions
Contingent consideration

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Lease liabilities
Income tax payable
Contingent consideration

Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

At
31 December
2020
£’000

At
31 December
2019
£’000

Notes

12
15
13
9

17
17
17
18

21
24
21
24
24
24

19
15
9
19
19

19
15
19
19

243
1,646
31,108
552

33,549

3,497
923
—
8,876

13,296

46,845

3,508
4,341
(778)
536
(194)
19,453

26,866

66
1,004
1,289
146
349

2,854

15,303
535
378
909

17,125

19,979

46,845

387
1,292
25,575 
489 

27,743 

4,367 
611
43 
9,605 

14,626 

42,369 

3,413 
3,903 
(945)
536 
(81) 

18,478

25,304

1,329 
788
952
144 
—

3,213

12,976
457
419 
—

13,852

17,065

42,369 

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 8 March 2021. 

On behalf of the Board

Ian Manocha  
Chief Executive   
8 March 2021 

Tom Mullan
Chief Financial Officer 
8 March 2021

64

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity

At 1 January 2019
Attributable profit for the period
Other comprehensive expenses

Total comprehensive (expense)/income
Exercise of share options
Purchase of own shares
Sale of own shares held by 
Employee Share Ownership Trust
Share-based payments
Dividend paid

At 31 December 2019

Attributable profit for the period
Other comprehensive expense

Total comprehensive (expense)/income
Exercise of share options
Sale of own shares held by 
Employee Share Ownership Trust
Share-based payments
Dividend paid

Notes

21
21

21
22

21

21
22
11

Share 
capital
£’000

3,404
— 
— 

— 
9 
—

—
— 
—

Share 
premium
account
£’000

3,830
— 
— 

— 
73 
—

—
— 
—

Own 
share
reserve
£’000

—
—
—

—
—
(995)

50
—
—

Foreign
currency
 translation
reserve
£’000

(78)
— 
(3) 

(3) 
— 
—

—
— 
—

Other 
reserves
£’000

536
— 
— 

— 
— 
—

—
— 
—

Retained
 earnings
£’000

16,842
1,898 
— 

1,898
— 
—

—
77 
(339)

Total
£’000

24,534
1,898
(3)

1,895
82 
(995)

50
77 
(339)

3,413 

3,903

(945)

536 

(81) 

18,478 

25,304 

—
—

—
95

—
—
—

—
—

—
438

—
—
—

—
—

—
—

167
—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—
—

—
(113)

(113)
—

—
—
—

1,261
—

1,261
—

—
220
(506)

1,261
(113)

1,148
533

167
220
(506)

At 31 December 2020

3,508

4,341

(778)

536

(194)

19,453

26,866

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

65

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSConsolidated statement of cash flow

Cash flows from operating activities 
Profit after taxation 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
Amortisation of intangible assets
Impairment of intangible assets
Amortisation of right-of-use assets
Share-based payments 
Net gain on sale of discontinued operations
Share of post-tax profit from joint venture
Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables 
Increase in contract assets
Increase in trade and other payables 
(Increase)/decrease in contract liabilities
Taxation 
Movement in provisions 
Net finance costs 

Cash inflow from operations 
Income taxes received
Income taxes paid 

Net cash inflow from operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities 
Interest received 
Decrease in other financial assets – bank deposits/restricted cash
Purchase of property, plant and equipment 
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Payments to acquire subsidiary undertaking (net of cash)
Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations
Payments to acquire intangible fixed assets 

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities 
Interest paid 
Principal paid on lease liabilities
Dividend paid
Purchase of own shares by Employee Share Ownership Trust
Sale of own shares held by Employee Share Ownership Trust
Share issue proceeds

Net cash used in financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Exchange adjustments 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

Year ended 
31 December
2020 
£’000 

Year ended
31 December
2019 
£’000 

Notes

12 
13
13
15
22 

9 

8 

8 

12 

23

13 

 8
15
11
21
21
21

18 

1,261
245
2,810
—
496
220
—
—
1,060
(312)
1,111
(1,263)
(953)
—
17

4,692
1,307
(510)

5,489

37
—
(87)
—
(1,900)
—
(3,565)

(5,515)

(16)
(576)
(506)
—
—
533

(565)

(591)
9,605
(138)

8,876

1,898 
266 
2,364
647
461
77 
(1,985)
(66)
(210)
(33)
639
1,600
546 
59 
39

6,302 
1,356

(75) 

7,583 

37 
278
(178)
3
—
1,675
(3,266)

(1,451)

(17)
(511)
(339)
(995)
50
82

(1,730) 

4,402 
5,323 
(120) 

9,605 

66

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements

1. Authorisation of financial statements and 
statement of compliance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards
Gresham Technologies plc is a public limited company incorporated 
and domiciled in England and Wales. The Company’s ordinary 
shares are traded as a premium listing on the London 
Stock Exchange.

The financial statements of Gresham Technologies plc and its 
subsidiaries (the “Group”) for the year ended 31 December 2020 
were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 8 March 
2021 and the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position was 
signed on the Board’s behalf by Mr I Manocha and Mr T Mullan. 

The Group’s financial statements have been prepared in 
accordance with adopted International Financial Reporting 
Standards (“IFRSs”) as they apply to the financial statements 
of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2020.

The principal accounting policies adopted by the Group are set 
out below.

2. Accounting policies
Basis of preparation 
The Group’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance 
with international accounting standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and in accordance with 
international financial reporting standards adopted pursuant to 
Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies to the European Union. 
The accounting policies which follow set out those policies which 
apply in preparing the financial statements for the year ended 
31 December 2020. 

The Group’s financial statements have been prepared on a 
historical cost basis.

The Group financial statements are presented in Sterling and 
all values are rounded to the nearest thousand pounds (£’000) 
except when otherwise indicated.

Basis of consolidation
The Group financial statements consolidate the financial 
statements of Gresham Technologies plc and the entities it 
controls (its subsidiaries) drawn up to 31 December each year. 

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial 
statements of the Company and its subsidiaries made up to the 
reporting date. Investees are classified as subsidiaries where the 
Company has control, which is achieved where the Company has 
the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an 
investee entity, exposure to variable returns from the investee 
and the ability to use its power to affect those variable returns. 
All intra-group transactions, balances, income and expenses are 
eliminated on consolidation.

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the results 
of business combinations using the acquisition method. In the 
statement of financial position, the acquiree’s identifiable assets 
and liabilities are initially recognised at their fair values at 
acquisition date. The results of acquired entities are included in 
the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income from the 
date at which control is obtained and are deconsolidated from 
the date control ceases.

Going concern
The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely 
to affect its future development, performance and position, are 
set out in the Strategic Report on pages 6 to 32. The financial 
position of the Group and the principal risks and uncertainties 
are also described in the Strategic Report.

The Group has sufficient financial resources together with good 
relationships with a number of customers and suppliers across 
different geographic areas and industries. The Group has access 
to a strong underlying cash flow arising from long-established 
maintenance businesses with long-standing blue-chip customers 
and strong growth prospects being realised with its flagship 
solution, CTC, and its other Clareti solutions. In assessing the future 
financial performance of the Group, the Directors considered the 
current uncertain economic outlook with regards to COVID-19.

After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Company and the Group have adequate 
resources to continue in operational existence for a period of at 
least twelve months from the date of approval of the financial 
statements. For this reason, they continue to adopt the going 
concern basis in preparing the Annual Financial Report 2020.

Judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
The preparation of financial statements requires management to 
make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the 
amounts reported for assets and liabilities as at the statement of 
financial position date and the amounts reported for revenues 
and expenses during the year. However, the nature of estimation 
means that actual outcomes could differ from those estimates. 
We review our estimates and underlying assumptions on an 
ongoing basis and recognise revisions to accounting estimates 
in the period in which we revise the estimate and in any future 
periods affected. It is considered that all judgements have an 
element of estimation.

Estimates and assumptions
The key assumptions concerning the future and other key 
sources of estimation uncertainty at the statement of financial 
position date that have a significant risk of causing a material 
adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 
within the next financial year are discussed below.

Capitalised development costs
The Group invests in the development of new and enhanced 
features to its products. Development costs are accounted for 
in accordance with IAS 38 “Intangible Assets” and costs that 
meet the qualifying criteria are capitalised and systematically 
amortised over the useful economic life of the intangible asset. 

Determining whether development costs qualify for capitalisation 
as intangible assets requires judgement as to the technical and 
commercial viability of each asset created. These judgements are 
applied consistently year to year with the Group evaluating whether 
there are future economic benefits beyond the current period, 
the stage at which technical feasibility has been achieved, 
management’s intention to use or sell the product, the likelihood 
of success of completion, the availability of technical resources 
to complete the development and the ability to measure reliably 
the expenditure attributed to each product.

Estimates are made to the applicable useful economic life of 
each asset created. These estimates are continually reviewed 
and updated based on past experience and reviews of competitor 
products available in the market. The impact of reducing the 
useful economic life by one year would increase the amortisation 
charge for the year by £472,000; if the useful economic life was 
increased by one year the amortisation charge is reduced 
by £236,000. 

The capitalised development cost is disclosed in note 13.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

67

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. Accounting policies continued
Estimates and assumptions continued
Impairment reviews
The Group performs impairment reviews at the reporting period 
end to identify any intangible assets that have a carrying value 
that is in excess of its recoverable value. Determining the 
recoverability of an intangible asset requires judgement in both 
the methodology applied and the key variables within that 
methodology. Where it is determined that an intangible asset 
is impaired, its carrying value will be reduced to its recoverable 
value with the difference recorded as an impairment charge 
in the income statement.

The intangible asset impairment reviews are disclosed in note 14.

Sensitivity analysis has been performed on the key assumptions 
for discount rate, growth rate and revenue growth rates to determine 
when impairment would occur. These are disclosed in note 14. 

Revenue and profit recognition
Revenue and the associated profit are recognised from sale 
of software licences, rendering of services, subscriptions and 
maintenance and solution sales. When software licences are sold, 
we must exercise judgement as to when the appropriate point 
in time has passed at which all performance obligations for that 
software licence have been performed, at which point revenue in 
relation to the stand-alone sales price of the software licence is 
recognised. Whilst in most cases performance obligations clearly 
follow the commercial and contractual arrangement we have 
agreed with the customer, in some cases the revenue streams 
are combined as within an overall commercial arrangement. 

Such combined circumstances require judgement to assess 
performance obligations associated with each revenue stream 
and further judgement as to when and how such performance 
obligations have been discharged in order to recognise the 
associated revenue. The estimation of the stage of completion, 
along with the distinct performance obligations of multi-element 
solution sales, represents a risk of incorrect revenue recognition.

Where licences are delivered to customers on commencement 
of the contract, the licence fee is recognised upon completion of 
performance obligations and the remaining revenue for support and 
maintenance is subsequently recognised over the contract term.

In considering the distinct performance obligations of multi-element 
solutions, instances may arise whereby the substance of the 
performance obligations differs from the legal form of the contract. 
In such circumstances, judgement is required to assess the 
estimated stand-alone selling price of the constituent elements 
and recognise revenue accordingly. In such instances we must 
first determine whether:

1.   the satisfaction of a performance obligation with a stand-alone 

selling price is operationally, technically and functionally 
separate, and deliverable separately, from other deliverables 
to the customer; or

2.   the satisfaction of a performance obligation with a stand-alone 
selling price is not operationally, technically, functionally and 
deliverable separate from other deliverables to the customer.

If the agreement is determined to be under category 1 above, 
then the stand-alone sales price of each element of a typical 
software, support and maintenance is determined, unbundled 
and recognised appropriately for each element. If the agreement 
is determined to be under category 2 above then the bundled fee 
is recognised as the bundled services are delivered over the term 
of the contract. 

Judgement is exercised in setting the stand-alone selling prices 
of each element of our bundled contracts. It was concluded that 
the annual stand-alone sales price of standard support and 
maintenance offerings will be equal to 20% of the five-year 
software licence fee, or of the total combined five-year licence, 
support and maintenance fees, the stand-alone sales price of the 
licence will be 50% and the support and maintenance 50%. This 
ratio is aligned to the proportion of development costs capitalised 
in proportion to our annual support and maintenance costs.

Useful economic life of capitalised development costs
The assessment of the useful economic life of capitalised 
development costs is estimated by management based on past 
experience and reviews of competitor products available in 
the market.

Valuation of intangible assets on business combinations
In determining the fair value of intangible assets arising on acquisition, 
management is required to make judgements regarding the timing 
and amount of future cash flows applicable to the businesses 
being acquired, discounted using an appropriate discount rate. 
Such judgements are based on current budgets and forecasts, 
extrapolated for an appropriate period taking into account growth 
rates and expected changes to selling prices and operating costs. 
Management estimates the appropriate discount rate using pre-tax 
rates that reflect current market assessments of the time value 
of money and the risks specific to the businesses being acquired. 

See note 13 and note 23 for further details.

Contingent consideration
Contingent consideration relating to acquisitions is included based 
on management estimates of the most likely outcome. Those 
judgements include the forecasting of a number of different 
outcomes against the performance targets and estimating a 
probability and risk of each outcome before arriving at a risk 
weighted value of contingent consideration.

Further details are disclosed in note 23 to the financial statements.

Foreign currency translation
Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded in the 
functional currency by applying an approximation of the spot 
exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary 
assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are 
retranslated at the functional currency rate of exchange ruling at 
the statement of financial position date. All differences are taken 
to the income statement; in the instance where the differences 
on monetary assets and liabilities form part of the Group’s net 
investment in foreign operations, they are moved to the statement 
of other comprehensive income on consolidation and held in 
a separate component of equity until the disposal of the net 
investment, at which time they are recognised in profit or loss.

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated 
into Sterling at the rate of exchange ruling at the statement 
of financial position date. Income and expenses are translated 
at weighted average exchange rates for the year. The resulting 
exchange differences are taken to the statement of other 
comprehensive income and recognised directly to a separate 
component of equity. On disposal of a foreign entity, the deferred 
cumulative amount recognised in equity relating to that particular 
foreign operation is recognised in the income statement.

Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost 
in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates as at 
the dates of the initial transactions, on consolidation; all assets 
and liabilities of overseas subsidiaries which report in a different 
functional currency are retranslated using the closing rate.

68

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Notes to the financial statements continuedFinancial Statements2. Accounting policies continued
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of acquisition over 
the fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent 
liabilities of the acquired entity at the date of acquisition. At the 
date of acquisition, goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units 
for the purpose of impairment testing. Goodwill is recognised as 
an asset and assessed for impairment annually. Any impairment 
is recognised immediately in the Group Statement of Comprehensive 
Income. Once recognised, an impairment of goodwill is not reversed.

Intangible assets
Acquired intangibles
Intangible assets acquired separately are measured on initial 
recognition at cost. The cost of intangible assets acquired in a 
business combination is fair value as at the date of acquisition. 
Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost 
less any accumulated amortisation and any accumulated 
impairment losses. Internally generated intangible assets are 
subject to the same recognition tests as development costs, 
and if met, they are capitalised.

Intangible assets with finite lives are amortised over their useful 
economic lives and assessed for impairment whenever there is 
an indication that they may be impaired. The amortisation period 
and the amortisation method for an intangible asset with a finite 
useful life is reviewed at least at each financial year end. Changes 
in the expected useful life or the expected pattern of consumption 
of future economic benefits embodied in the asset are accounted 
for by changing the amortisation period or method, as appropriate, 
and are treated as changes in accounting estimates. The amortisation 
expense on intangible assets with finite lives is recognised in the 
income statement in the expense category consistent with the 
function of the intangible asset. The useful economic lives of 
separately acquired software is deemed to be ten years and the 
useful economic life of customer relations is between six and 
eight years; the charge in the income statement is made within 
the amortisation for acquired intangibles.

Internally generated intangibles
The Group has capitalised development costs in respect of the 
Clareti platform which has been assessed against the required 
capitalisation criteria and a remaining useful economic life of 
13 years reflecting the maturity and availability of comparable 
solutions in our markets. The Group has capitalised development 
costs in respect of individual Clareti applications which have 
been individually assessed against the required capitalisation 
criteria and been individually assigned useful economic lives 
reflecting the maturity and availability of comparable applications 
in our markets. The useful economic lives are assessed to be 
between four and fourteen years. The amortisation charge is 
recognised in the income statement.

Gains or losses arising from derecognition of an intangible asset are 
measured as the difference between the net disposal proceeds 
and the carrying amount of the asset and are recognised in the 
income statement when the asset is derecognised.

Purchased intangibles with finite lives, including purchased 
patents, know-how, trademarks, licences and distribution rights, 
are capitalised at cost and amortised on a straight-line basis 
over their estimated useful lives. The estimated useful life 
of these intangible assets ranges between two and ten years 
depending on their nature. Amortisation charges in respect 
of intangible assets are included in administrative expenses.

Research and development costs
Research costs are expensed as incurred. Development 
expenditure on an individual project is recognised as an intangible 
asset when the Group can demonstrate the technical feasibility 
of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for 
use or sale, its intention to complete and its ability to use or sell 
the asset, how the asset will generate future economic benefits, 
the availability of resources to complete the asset and the ability 
to measure reliably the expenditure during development.

Capitalised product development expenditure is stated at cost 
less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. Product 
development costs that have been capitalised are amortised 
from the time the product or related enhancement becomes 
available for use as part of a version release issued to customers 
on a straight-line basis over two to twelve years depending on 
the useful economic life of the asset assessed. During the period 
of development, the asset is tested for impairment annually.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated 
depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. Cost comprises 
the aggregate amount paid and the fair value of any other 
consideration given to acquire the asset and includes costs directly 
attributable to making the asset capable of operating as intended. 

Depreciation is provided on all property, plant and equipment on 
a straight-line basis over its expected useful life as follows:

 ▪ Fixtures and fittings – over the term of the underlying 

property lease. 

 ▪ Plant and equipment – over lives ranging between one and ten 
years to write down the assets to their residual value based on 
current prices for an asset of the age the plant and equipment 
is expected to be at the end of its useful life. 

The carrying values of property, plant and equipment are 
reviewed for impairment if events or changes in circumstances 
indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable, and are 
written down immediately to their recoverable amount. Useful 
lives and residual values are reviewed annually and where 
adjustments are required these are made prospectively.

An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised upon 
disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected to 
arise from the continued use of the asset. Any gain or loss 
arising on derecognition of the asset is included in the income 
statement in the period of derecognition.

Leases
All leases are accounted for by recognising a right-of-use asset 
and a lease liability except for leases of low value assets and 
leases with a duration of twelve months or less. 

Lease liabilities are measured at the present value of the contractual 
payments due to the lessor over the lease term, with the discount 
rate determined by reference to the rate inherent in the lease unless 
(as is typically the case) this is not readily determinable, in which 
case the Group’s incremental borrowing rate on commencement 
of the lease is used. Variable lease payments are only included 
in the measurement of the lease liability if they depend on an 
index or rate. In such cases, the initial measurement of the lease 
liability assumes the variable element will remain unchanged 
throughout the lease term. Other variable lease payments are 
expensed in the period to which they relate. 

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

69

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. Accounting policies continued
Leases continued
On initial recognition, the carrying value of the lease liability also 
includes: amounts expected to be payable under any residual 
value guarantee; the exercise price of any purchase option 
granted in favour of the Group if it is reasonably certain to assess 
that option; and any penalties payable for terminating the lease, 
if the term of the lease has been estimated on the basis of 
termination option being exercised. 

Right-of-use assets are initially measured at the amount of the 
lease liability, reduced for any lease incentives received, and 
increased for: lease payments made at or before commencement 
of the lease; initial direct costs incurred; and the amount of any 
provision recognised where the Group is contractually required 
to dismantle, remove or restore the leased asset.

Subsequent to initial measurement, lease liabilities increase as 
a result of interest charged at a constant rate on the balance 
outstanding and are reduced for lease payments made. 
Right-of-use assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over the 
remaining term of the lease or over the remaining economic life of 
the asset if, rarely, this is judged to be shorter than the lease term. 

When the Group revises its estimate of the term of any lease 
(because, for example, it re-assesses the probability of a lessee 
extension or termination option being exercised), it adjusts the 
carrying amount of the lease liability to reflect the payments to 
make over the revised term, which are discounted at the same 
discount rate that applied on lease commencement. The carrying 
value of lease liabilities is similarly revised when the variable 
element of future lease payments dependent on a rate or index 
is revised. In both cases an equivalent adjustment is made to the 
carrying value of the right-of-use asset, with the revised carrying 
amount being amortised over the remaining (revised) lease term. 

When the Group renegotiates the contractual terms of a lease 
with the lessor, the accounting depends on the nature of 
the modification: 

 ▪ if the renegotiation results in one or more additional assets being 
leased for an amount commensurate with the stand-alone 
price for the additional rights-of-use obtained, the modification 
is accounted for as a separate lease in accordance with the 
above policy;

 ▪ in all other cases where the renegotiation increases the scope 
of the lease (whether that is an extension to the lease term, or 
one or more additional assets being leased), the lease liability 
is remeasured using the discount rate applicable on the 
modification date, with the right-of-use asset being adjusted 
by the same amount; and

 ▪ if the renegotiation results in a decrease in the scope of the 
lease, both the carrying amount of the lease liability and 
right-of-use asset are reduced by the same proportion to 
reflect the partial or full termination of the lease with any 
difference recognised in profit or loss. The lease liability is then 
further adjusted to ensure its carrying amount reflects the 
amount of the renegotiated payments over the renegotiated 
term, with the modified lease payments discounted at the rate 
applicable on the modification date. The right-of-use asset is 
adjusted by the same amount. 

For contracts that both convey a right to the Group to use an 
identified asset and require services to be provided to the Group 
by the lessor, the Group has elected to account for the entire 
contract as a lease, i.e. it does allocate any amount of the 
contractual payments to, and account separately for, any 
services provided by the supplier as part of the contract.

Impairment of non-financial assets
The Group assesses at each reporting date whether there is an 
indication that any non-financial assets may be impaired. If any 
such indication exists, or when annual impairment testing for an 
asset is required, the Group makes an estimate of the asset’s 
recoverable amount. An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher 
of an asset’s or cash-generating unit’s fair value less costs to sell 
and its value in use and is determined for an individual asset, 
unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely 
independent of those from other assets or groups of assets. 
Where the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable 
amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down to 
its recoverable amount. In assessing value in use, the estimated 
future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a 
pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments 
of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. In 
determining fair value less costs to sell, an appropriate valuation 
model is used incorporating industry standard valuation multiples 
or other available fair value indicators. Impairment losses on 
continuing operations are recognised in the income statement 
in those expense categories consistent with the function of the 
impaired asset.

An assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether there 
is any indication that previously recognised impairment losses 
may no longer exist or may have decreased. If such indication 
exists, the recoverable amount is estimated. A previously 
recognised impairment loss is reversed only if there has been 
a change in the estimates used to determine the asset’s 
recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was 
recognised. If that is the case the carrying amount of the asset 
is increased to its recoverable amount. Impairment charges 
on goodwill are considered permanent and cannot be reversed. 
That increased amount cannot exceed the carrying amount 
that would have been determined, net of depreciation, had no 
impairment loss been recognised for the asset in prior years. 
Such reversal is recognised in profit or loss. After such a reversal 
the depreciation charge is adjusted in future periods to allocate 
the asset’s revised carrying amount, less any residual value, on a 
systematic basis over its remaining useful life.

The Group assesses at each reporting date whether there is an 
indication that contract assets may be impaired by applying the 
IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses 
using a lifetime expected credit loss provision.

Provisions
A provision is recognised when the Group has a legal or constructive 
obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow 
of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, and 
a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. 
If the effect is material, expected future cash flows are discounted 
using a current pre-tax rate that reflects, where appropriate, the 
risks specific to the liability.

Where the Group expects some or all of a provision to be reimbursed, 
for example under an insurance policy, the reimbursement is 
recognised as a separate asset but only when recovery is virtually 
certain. The expense relating to any provision is presented in the 
income statement net of any reimbursement. Where discounting 
is used, the increase in the provision due to unwinding the 
discount is recognised as a finance cost.

Financial assets
Impairment of financial assets
The Group assesses at each statement of financial position date 
whether a financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired.

70

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Notes to the financial statements continuedFinancial Statements2. Accounting policies continued
Financial assets continued 
Financial assets
The Group’s financial assets are all classified within the amortised 
cost category. The Group’s accounting policy for this category is 
as follows:

Assets carried at amortised cost
These assets arise principally from the provision of sales and 
services of software and support and maintenance to customers 
(e.g. trade receivables), but also incorporate other types of 
financial assets where the objective is to hold these assets in 
order to collect contractual cash flows and the contractual cash 
flows are solely payments of principal and interest. They are 
initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs that are 
directly attributable to their acquisition or issue, and are 
subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective 
interest rate method, less provision for impairment. 

Impairment provisions for current and non-current trade receivables 
are recognised based on the simplified approach within IFRS 9 
using a provision matrix in the determination of the lifetime 
expected credit losses. During this process the probability of 
the non-payment of the trade receivables is assessed. This 
probability is then multiplied by the amount of the expected loss 
arising from default to determine the lifetime expected credit 
loss for the trade receivables. For trade receivables, which 
are reported net, such provisions are recorded in a separate 
provision account with the loss being recognised within cost of 
sales in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. 
On confirmation that the trade receivable will not be collectable, 
the gross carrying value of the asset is written off against the 
associated provision.

If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment 
loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively 
to an event occurring after the impairment was recognised, 
the previously recognised impairment loss is reversed. Any 
subsequent reversal of an impairment loss is recognised in the 
income statement to the extent that the carrying value of the 
asset does not exceed its amortised cost at the reversal date.

Deferred income tax is recognised on all temporary differences 
arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their 
carrying amounts in the financial statements, with the 
following exceptions:

 ▪ where the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition 
of goodwill or of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not 
a business combination that at the time of the transaction 
affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss;

 ▪ in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with 
investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, 
where the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences 
can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary 
differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future; and

 ▪ deferred income tax assets are recognised only to the extent 
that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against 
which the deductible temporary differences, carried forward 
tax credits or tax losses can be utilised.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the 
tax rates that are expected to apply when the related asset is 
realised or liability is settled, based on tax rates and laws 
enacted or substantively enacted at the statement of financial 
position date.

The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed 
at each statement of financial position date. Deferred income tax 
assets and liabilities are offset only if a legally enforceable right 
exists to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities, 
the deferred income taxes relate to the same taxation authority 
and that authority permits the Group to make a single net payment.

Income tax is charged or credited to other comprehensive 
income or directly to equity if it relates to items that are credited 
or charged to other comprehensive income or directly to equity. 
Otherwise, income tax is recognised in the income statement.

Purchases and sales of financial assets measured at fair value 
through other comprehensive income are recognised on 
settlement date with any change in fair value between trade date 
and settlement date being recognised in the fair value through 
other comprehensive income reserve. 

The Group’s financial assets measured at amortised cost 
comprise trade and other receivables and cash and cash 
equivalents in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. 

Financial liabilities
The Group classifies its financial liabilities into one of two categories, 
depending on the purpose for which the liability was acquired. 

Cash and cash equivalents includes cash in hand, deposits held 
at call with banks, other short-term highly liquid investments with 
original maturities of three months or less, and – for the purpose 
of the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow – bank overdrafts. 
Bank overdrafts are shown within loans and borrowings in current 
liabilities on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and short-term deposits in the Consolidated Statement of 
Financial Position comprise cash at bank and in hand and short-term 
deposits with an original maturity of three months or less.

For the purpose of the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow, 
cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and cash equivalents 
as defined above, net of outstanding bank overdrafts.

Income taxes
Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount 
expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities, 
based on tax rates and laws that are enacted or substantively 
enacted by the statement of financial position date.

Research and development tax credits are recognised on an 
accruals basis and recorded as a credit in the taxation line of the 
income statement.

The Group’s accounting policy for other financial liabilities (which 
include trade payables and other short-term monetary liabilities), 
are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently carried at 
amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Other financial liabilities include the following items:
 ▪ Bank borrowings are initially recognised at fair value net of 

any transaction costs directly attributable to the issue of the 
instrument. Such interest-bearing liabilities are subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate 
method, which ensures that any interest expense over the 
period to repayment is at a constant rate on the balance of 
the liability carried in the Consolidated Statement of Financial 
Position. For the purposes of each financial liability, interest 
expense includes initial transaction costs and any premium 
payable on redemption, as well as any interest or coupon 
payable while the liability is outstanding.

 ▪ Trade payables and other short-term monetary liabilities, 

which are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently 
carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

71

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. Accounting policies continued
Derecognition of financial assets and liabilities
A financial asset or liability is generally derecognised when the 
contract that gives rise to it is settled, sold, cancelled or expires.

Where an existing financial liability is replaced by another from 
the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of 
an existing liability are substantially modified, such an exchange 
or modification is treated as a derecognition of the original 
liability and the recognition of a new liability, such that the 
difference in the respective carrying amounts together with any 
costs or fees incurred are recognised in profit or loss.

Pensions
Contributions to defined contribution schemes are recognised in 
the income statement in the period in which they become payable.

Dividends
Dividends are recognised when they become legally payable. 
In the case of interim dividends to equity shareholders, this is 
when declared by the Directors. In the case of final dividends, 
this is when approved by the shareholders at the AGM. 

Revenue recognition
Revenue, comprising sales of products and services to third 
parties, is recognised to the extent that satisfaction of contractual 
performance obligations has occurred and it is probable that the 
economic benefits will flow to the Group and the revenue can be 
reliably measured. Revenue is measured at the stand-alone 
selling price of the performance obligation delivered, excluding 
discounts, rebates, VAT and other sales taxes. To note there is no 
material impact of variable consideration or financing 
components across all revenue streams.

The following criteria must also be met before revenue is recognised:

Software licences
Revenue on software licences is recognised when all of the 
following criteria are met:

 ▪ persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, such as a 

signed contract or purchase order;

 ▪ satisfaction of the contracted performance obligations has been 
met, which in the case of software licences typically means 
delivery has occurred and no future elements to be delivered 
are essential to the functionality of the delivered element;

 ▪ a stand-alone selling price of the performance obligation can 

be measured; and 

 ▪ collectability is probable.

Provision of services
Revenue and profits from the provision of professional services, 
such as implementation, development, training and consultancy, 
are delivered under a time and materials type contract and are 
therefore recognised over time and based upon number of hours 
worked. On occasion fixed price services contracts are entered 
into, upon which revenue is recognised on a percentage-of-
completion basis, as costs incurred relate to total costs for the 
contract, when the outcome of a contract can be estimated 
reliably. Determining whether a contract’s outcome can be 
estimated reliably requires management to exercise judgement, 
whilst calculation of the contract’s profit requires estimates of 
the total contract costs to completion. Cost estimates and 
judgements are continually reviewed and updated as determined 
by events or circumstances.

Revenue from this revenue stream creates contract assets through 
yet to be billed time input and expenses at the reporting date.

Support and maintenance
Revenue from support and maintenance services is recognised 
rateably over the period of the contract. Revenue is recognised 
when the provision of support and maintenance and completion 
of the performance obligations are carried out which is deemed 
to be evenly throughout the term of the contract. The customer 
simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits provided by 
the Group’s performance as the Group performs.

Revenue from this revenue stream creates contract liabilities 
through the invoicing of services prior to performance obligations 
being performed.

Solution sales
Contracts for the delivery of solutions with multiple elements, 
typically involving software licences, rendering of services, 
support, maintenance and infrastructure are unbundled where 
possible and revenue is recognised based on the accounting 
policy applicable to each constituent part, for example the 
stand-alone selling price of the software licence is recognised at 
a point in time, upon satisfaction of the performance obligations 
associated to that licence, and the stand-alone selling price of 
software maintenance and support is recognised over the period 
over which the service is provided. A typical example of such a 
scenario is where we sell a subscription licence but are not 
contracted to provide the hosted infrastructure to deploy the 
software upon – the customer deploys the software on-premise 
or on a cloud environment for which we are not responsible. 

We have many instances where unbundling is not possible; this 
is where a bundled element cannot technically or operationally 
be provided without another. The typical example of this is when 
the customer contracts our hosted cloud software offerings, 
under which the customer cannot gain benefit from the software 
without the Group also providing, and continuing to provide, the 
hosted infrastructure upon which software is deployed. Where 
objective unbundling of a solution is not possible, revenue is 
recognised over the period of the contractual service provision. 

Interest income
Interest income is recognised as finance revenue as interest 
accrues using the effective interest method. The effective 
interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future 
cash receipts through the expected life of the financial 
instrument to its net carrying amount.

Share-based payments
Equity-settled transactions
The cost of equity-settled transactions with employees is measured 
by reference to the fair value at the date at which they are granted 
and is recognised as an expense over the vesting period, which 
ends on the date on which the relevant employees become fully 
entitled to the award. 

Fair value of awards with a market condition-based performance 
target is determined by an external valuer using a Monte Carlo 
simulation pricing model. In valuing equity-settled transactions, 
no account is taken of any vesting conditions, other than 
conditions linked to the price of the shares of the Company 
(market conditions).

Fair value of awards with a financial result-based performance 
target is determined by management using the Black Scholes 
pricing model.

No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest, 
except for awards where vesting is conditional upon a market 
condition, which are treated as vesting irrespective of whether 
or not the market condition is satisfied, provided that all other 
vesting conditions are satisfied.

72

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Notes to the financial statements continuedFinancial Statements2. Accounting policies continued
Share-based payments continued
Equity-settled transactions continued
At each statement of financial position date before vesting, the 
cumulative expense is calculated, representing the extent to which 
the vesting period has expired and management’s best estimate of 
the achievement or otherwise of non-market conditions and of the 
number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest or, in the 
case of an instrument subject to a market condition, be treated as 
vesting as described above. The movement in cumulative expense 
since the previous statement of financial position date is recognised 
in the income statement, with a corresponding entry in equity.

Where the terms of an equity-settled award are modified or a 
new award is designated as replacing a cancelled or settled award, 
the cost based on the original award terms continues to be 
recognised over the original vesting period. In addition, an expense 
is recognised over the remainder of the new vesting period for the 
incremental fair value of any modification, based on the difference 
between the fair value of the original award and the fair value of the 
modified award, both as measured on the date of the modification. 
No reduction is recognised if this difference is negative.

Where an equity-settled award is cancelled, it is treated as if it had 
vested on the date of cancellation, and any cost not yet recognised in 
the profit and loss account for the award is expensed immediately. Any 
compensation paid up to the fair value of the award at the cancellation 
or settlement date is deducted from equity, with any excess over fair 
value being treated as an expense in the income statement.

The share-based payment expense is recognised as a staff cost 
and the associated credit entry is made against equity. 

Employee Share Ownership Trust (“ESOT”)
The Company is deemed to have control of its ESOT; therefore 
the trust is included within the consolidated financial statements. 
The ESOT investment in the Company’s shares is deducted from 
equity in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. 
The shares are valued at the average purchase price.

3. Revenue
Revenue disclosed in the income statement is analysed as follows:

Provision of software and services
Finance revenue

Revenue from continuing operations
Revenue from discontinued operations

Total revenue

Exceptional items
Exceptional items are disclosed separately in the financial 
statements where it is necessary to do so to provide further 
understanding of the financial performance of the Group. They are 
non-recurring items of income or expense that have been shown 
separately due to the significance of their nature or amount.

Changes in accounting policies
New standards, interpretations and amendments effective 
from 1 January 2020
A number of new standards, interpretations and amendments 
are effective for the year ended 31 December 2020, which have 
been listed below; these have had no impact on the Group’s 
accounting policies and disclosures in these financial statements.

 ▪ IAS 1 “Presentation of Financial Statements” and IAS 8 
“Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates 
and Errors”

 ▪ Amendments to IFRS 3 “Business Combinations” (Definition of 

a Business)

 ▪ Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 “Interest Rate 

Benchmark Reform” 

 ▪ Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8 “Definition of Material”

 ▪ Amendments to References to the Conceptual Framework in 

IFRS Standards

New standards, interpretations and amendments 
not yet effective
Accounting standards, amendments to standards and 
interpretations issued by the IASB that are effective for the 
period beginning 1 January 2021 are not expected to have a 
significant impact on the Group’s financial statements. 

There are no new standards, and amendments to standards and 
interpretations which are effective for annual periods beginning after 
1 January 2021 which have been adopted in these financial statements.

Note

8

2020
£’000

24,752
37

24,789
—

24,789

The Group has disaggregated revenue into various categories in the following table which is intended to:

 ▪ depict how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic data; and

 ▪ enable users to understand the relationship with the revenue segment information provided in note 4.

2020

Non-recurring software revenue (software licences)
Recurring software revenue (annually recurring software licences and 
support and maintenance)
Rendering of services

Timing of revenue recognition 

Non-annually recurring – at a point in time
Annually recurring – at a point in time
Rateably recognised – over contract period

Clareti 
Solutions
£’000

—

11,428
4,025

15,453

£’000

—
2,891
12,562

15,453

Other
Solutions
£’000

—

3,674
721

4,395

£’000

—
—
4,395

4,395

Contracting
Services
£’000

—

—
4,904

4,904

£’000

—
—
4,904

4,904

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

73

2019
£’000

24,961 
104 

25,065 
64

25,129

Total
£’000

—

15,102
9,650

24,752

£’000

—
2,891
21,861

24,752

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS3. Revenue continued

2019

Non-recurring software revenue (software licences)
Recurring software revenue (annually recurring software licences and 
support and maintenance)
Rendering of services

Timing of revenue recognition 

Non-annually recurring – at a point in time
Annually recurring – at a point in time
Rateably recognised – over contract period

Contract balances

At 1 January
Amounts included in contract liabilities that were recognised 
as revenue during the period
Acquisition of Inforalgo
Excess of revenue recognised over cash (or rights to cash) 
being recognised during the period
Cash received in advance of performance and not recognised 
as revenue during the period

As at December

Clareti Solutions
£’000

Other Solutions
£’000

Contracting
Services
£’000

718

10,362
4,409

15,489

£’000

718
2,386
12,385

15,489

Contract 
assets
2020
£’000

3,829

—
93

(491)

—

3,431

300

3,099
679

4,078

£’000

300
—
3,778

4,078

Contract 
assets
2019
£’000

3,809

—
—

20

—

3,829

—

—
5,394

5,394

£’000

—
—
5,394

5,394

Contract 
liabilities
2020
£’000

(10,156)

9,983
(655)

—

Total
£’000

1,018

13,461
10,482

24,961

£’000

1,018
2,386
21,557

24,961

Contract 
liabilities
2019
£’000

(8,556)

8,070
—

—

(10,268)

(11,096)

(9,670)

(10,156)

Contract assets relate to services performed but do not have an unconditional right to payment and are disclosed within the 
statement of financial position. 

Contract liabilities relate to subscription, support and maintenance contracts invoiced with performance obligations yet to be satisfied 
and arise when the Group enters into a contract which results in cumulative payments received from customers at each statement of 
financial position date which do not necessarily equal to the amount of revenue recognised on the contracts and relate to 
performance obligations yet to be satisfied. These are disclosed within trade and other payables.

Amounts due to be recognised in more than one year are £66,000 (2019: £1,329,000). Trade receivables included in the above as at 
1 January 2019 were £3,231,000. 

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring credit losses using a lifetime expected credit loss provision for trade 
receivables and contract assets. The Group has not provided for any impairment. See note 17 for further details.

4. Segment information 
The segmental disclosures reflect the analysis presented on a monthly basis to the chief operating decision maker of the business, 
the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors. 

In addition, the split of revenues and non-current assets by the UK and overseas have been included as they are specifically required 
by IFRS 8 “Operating Segments”.

For management purposes, the Group is organised into the following reportable segments:

 ▪ Clareti Solutions – supply of solutions predominantly to the finance and banking markets across Asia Pacific, EMEA and North America. 
Includes both software and services that can be accessed in the cloud, on-premise or deployed into hybrid environments. These 
primary offerings within this segment include:

 – Clareti Control products:

 • The only modern enterprise-grade business self-service platform for the reconciliation and control of “any and all” transaction 

data in financial markets.

 • Disrupting markets dominated by legacy vendors whose inflexible technology fails to achieve more granular and real-time data 

control, or replacing in-house systems and manual processes.

 • Sold as applications for specific use cases including Clareti Transaction Control, Clareti Cash Control, Clareti Securities Control 

and Clareti Regulatory Control.

74

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Notes to the financial statements continuedFinancial Statements4. Segment information continued

 – Clareti Connect products:

 • A unique service that enables customers to participate in the complex inter-connected global financial system without having 

to worry about integration risk, cost and time to market. 

 • Enables institutions to seamlessly connect their banking, payments, trading, accounting and regulatory systems and external 

partners with intelligent straight-through processing in a way that is reliable and cost effective.

 • Sold primarily as a cloud service bringing together tools and software libraries built or acquired by Gresham into a rich menu 

of industry connectivity and data transformation services. 

 ▪ Other Solutions – supply of a range of well-established solutions to enterprise-level customers in a variety of end markets.

 ▪ Contracting Services – supply of IT contracting services to one banking customer. 

Transfer prices between segments are set on an arm’s length basis in a manner similar to transactions with third parties. Segment revenue, 
segment expense and segment result include transfers between business segments. Those transfers are eliminated on consolidation.

Other

 Solutions
£’000

Contracting
Services
£’000

Adjustments,
 central overheads
 and elimination
£’000

Consolidated 
£’000

2020

Revenue
Cost of sales
Cost of sales capitalised as intangible asset

Gross profit

Gross profit %
Contracted administrative expenses

Gross profit after contracting fully costed
Gross profit %
Adjusted administrative expenses

Adjusted operating (loss)/profit

Adjusting items:
Exceptional costs
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
Share-based payments

Adjusting administrative expenses

Operating (loss)/profit from continuing operations
Finance revenue
Finance costs

Profit before taxation from continuing operations
Taxation

Profit after taxation from continuing operations

Adjusted operating (loss)/profit
Amortisation of intangibles
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation of right-of-use assets
Bank charges

Adjusted EBITDA – continuing operations
Development costs capitalised
Principal paid on lease liabilities

Adjusted cash EBITDA

Segment assets 
Segment liabilities

Notes

3

4
13
22

8
8

9

13
12
15
8

4
13
15

Clareti 
Solutions
£’000

15,453
(1,031)
2

14,424

93%
(96)

14,328
93%
(15,753)

(1,425)

—
—
—

—

4,395
(1,605)
—

2,790

63%
—

2,790
63%
(159)

2,631

—
—
—

—

4,904
(1,226)
—

3,678

75%
(3,046)

632
13%
—

632

—
—
—

—

(1,425)

2,631

632

(1,425)
1,917
213
496
(13)

1,188
(3,561)
(576)

(2,949)

2,631
—
—
—
—

—
—
—

2,631

632
—
—
—
—

—
—
—

632

—
—
—

—

—

—

—

—

(400)
(893)
(220)

(1,513)

(1,513)

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—

—

24,752
(3,862)
2

20,892

84%
(3,142)

17,750
72%
(15,912)

1,838

(400)
(893)
(220)

(1,513)

325
37
(54)

308
953

1,261

1,838
1,917
213
496
(13)

4,451
(3,561)
(576)

314

46,845
(19,979)

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

75

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSOther

 Solutions
£’000

Contracting
Services
£’000

Adjustments, 
central and 
eliminations
£’000

Consolidated 
£’000

4. Segment information continued

2019

Revenue
Cost of sales
Cost of sales capitalised as intangible asset

Gross profit

Gross profit %
Contracted administrative expenses

Gross profit after contracting fully costed
Gross profit %
Adjusted administrative expenses

Adjusted operating (loss)/profit from continuing operations

Adjusting items:
Exceptional costs
Impairment of development costs
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
Share-based payments

Adjusting administrative expenses

Operating (loss)/profit from continuing operations
Share of post-tax profit from joint venture
Finance revenue
Finance costs

Profit before taxation from continuing operations
Taxation

Loss after taxation from continuing operations
Net gain on sale of discontinued operations
Profit after taxation from discontinuing operations

Profit after taxation

Adjusted operating (loss)/profit
Amortisation of intangibles
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation of right-of-use assets
Share of post-tax profit from joint venture
Bank charges

Adjusted EBITDA – continuing operations
Development costs capitalised
Principal paid on lease liabilities 

Adjusted cash EBITDA

Segment assets 
Segment liabilities

Notes

3

4
13
13
22

8
8

9

13
12
15

8

4
13
15

Clareti 
Solutions
£’000

15,489 
(1,089)
10 

14,410 

93%
—

14,410 
93%
(16,097)

(1,687) 

— 
—
— 
— 

— 

4,078
(1,185)
— 

2,893 

71%
—

2,893
71%
(143)

2,750

— 
—
— 
— 

— 

5,394
(1,669)
—

3,725

69%
(3,062)

663
12%
—

663

—
—
—
—

—

(1,687) 

2,750

663

(1,687)
1,570
266
461
—
(13)

597
(3,259)
(511)

(3,173)

2,750
—
—
—
—
—

2,750
—
—

2,750

663
—
—
—
—
—

663
—
—

663

— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
—

— 
— 
—

—

(10)
(647)
(794)
(77)

(1,528)

(1,528)

—
—
—
—
66
—

66
—
—

66

24,961
(3,943)
10 

21,028

84%
(3,062)

17,966 
72%
(16,240)

1,726

(10)
(647)
(794)
(77)

(1,528)

198
66
104 
(65) 

303 
(443) 

(140)
1,985
53 

1,898 

1,726
1,570
266
461
66
(13)

4,076
(3,259)
(511)

306

42,369 
(17,065)

The Group has a customer relationship with one banking customer which is considered by the Directors to be individually significant; 
revenue from this relationship exceeded 10% of the Group’s revenue, totalling £11,388,000 (2019: £10,892,000) which includes low-margin 
contracting revenue of £5,115,000 (2019: £5,394,000) which falls predominantly within the Contracting Services segment.

76

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Notes to the financial statements continuedFinancial Statements4. Segment information continued
Adjusting administrative items 
Operating performance is analysed excluding exceptional items, share-based payment charges, amortisation from acquired intangibles 
and impairments of development costs which is consistent in with the way in which the Board reviews the financial results of the 
Group. This is also consistent with the manner in which similar small-cap LSE (or AIM) listed companies present their results and how 
we understand the investment community to assess performance, with this particularly being the case for growth shares in which the 
recurring cash performance is considered important.

The adjusting administrative items are:

Acquisition and associated integration costs
Advisory fees for new share option scheme
Negative goodwill arising on acquisition of remaining shares in joint venture
Advisory fees for establishment of joint venture and all-staff incentive scheme
Exceptional income

Exceptional items

Impairment of development costs
Amortisation on acquired intangibles
Share-based payments

Total adjusting administrative items

2020
£’000

423
33
—
—
(56)

400

—
893
220

2019
£’000

—
—
(21)
31
—

10

647
794
77

1,513

1,528

During the year the Group incurred £423,000 (2019: £nil) exceptional costs relating to legal, due diligence and professional fees for 
acquisitions and associated integration costs.

Exceptional legal and tax advisory costs were incurred in the year of £33,000 (2019: £nil) associated with implementing a new ten-year 
share option incentive scheme. These costs are not expected to occur for a further ten years.

£56,000 was received during the year following an initiative by the Australian Government to support businesses during the COVID-19 
pandemic. This income has been treated as exceptional as it is non-recurring.

The negative goodwill incurred in the prior year was due to the acquisition of the remaining 50% of the share capital in GMS Loan 
Technologies Limited. As the purchase price was lower than the net assets acquired the negative goodwill created is disclosed within 
exceptional items as a non-recurring item.

Development costs of £nil (2019: £647,000) were impaired during the year relating to the termination of a joint venture arrangement; 
these costs are considered to be significant and non-recurring. 

Due to the amount and nature of amortisation of acquired intangibles and share-based payments both costs were treated as an 
adjusting administrative item. 

Adjusted EBITDA – continuing operations
Adjusted EBITDA – continuing operations is disclosed within the financial statements to show the underlying performance of the 
Group on a consistent basis and to aid understanding of the financial performance during the year.

Profit before taxation

Adjusting items:
Amortisation of intangibles
Impairment of development costs
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
Amortisation of right-of-use assets
Notional interest on lease liabilities
Finance revenue
Interest payable

EBITDA
Exceptional items
Share-based payments

Adjusted EBITDA – continuing operations

Notes

13
13
12
15
8
8
8

4
22

2020
£’000

308

2,810
—
213
496
38
(37)
3

3,831
400
220

4,451

2019
£’000

303

2,364
647
266
461
48
(104)
4

3,989
10
77

4,076

Adjusted EBITDA is not an IFRS measure or not considered to be a substitute for or superior to any IFRS measures. It is not directly 
comparable to other companies.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

77

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
4. Segment information continued
Geographic information

Revenues from external customers (by destination)
UK
EMEA
United States
Americas
Australia
Asia Pacific

2020
£’000

6,719
2,593
3,038
494
11,413
495

24,752

2019
£’000

6,485
3,698
2,005
207
11,117
1,449

24,961

EMEA includes revenue from external customers located primarily in Germany, France, Luxembourg and Switzerland. Asia Pacific 
includes revenue from external customers located primarily in Malaysia and Singapore.

Non-current assets
UK
EMEA
North America
Asia Pacific

2020
£’000

32,269
588
9
683

33,549

Non-current assets consist of property, plant and equipment, right-of-use assets, intangible assets and deferred tax assets.

5. Group operating profit
The Group operating profit is stated after charging:

Research and development costs written off
Impairment of development costs
Amortisation of deferred development costs recognised in administration expenses

Total research and development costs

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation of right-of-use assets
Amortisation of intangible assets (excluding development costs)

Total depreciation, impairment and amortisation expense

Employee benefit expenses
Net foreign currency differences (gains)/losses

Notes

13
13

12
15
13

7

2020
£’000

1,049
—
1,863

2,912

245
496
947

1,688

16,641
(7)

2019
£’000

26,366
632
17
728

27,743

2019
£’000

1,127
647
1,502

3,276

266
461
862

1,589

15,929
99

6. Auditor’s remuneration
The Group paid the following amounts to its auditor in respect of the audit of the financial statements and for other services provided 
to the Group.

Audit fees
Audit of the Group financial statements and associated company
Other fees to the auditor 
– Auditing the accounts of subsidiaries
– Audit of acquisition

Non-audit fees
Subsidiary company fees

78

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

27

84
10

121

—

—

24

73 
—

97 

19

19 

Notes to the financial statements continuedFinancial Statements7. Staff costs and Directors’ emoluments
The following disclosures in respect of the consolidated income statement items are presented in respect of continuing operations 
only, with comparatives restated where appropriate to exclude discontinuing operations from these disclosures.

Staff and Director costs 

31 December 2020

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Other pension costs

31 December 2019

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Other pension costs

Income 
statement
£’000

9,129
724
434

10,287

 Capitalised
development 
costs
£’000

2,836
299
77

3,212

Total excluding 
contracting
£’000

Contracting 
costs expensed
£’000

Discontinued 
operations
£’000

11,965
1,023
511

13,499

2,703
182
257

3,142

—
—
—

—

Income 
statement
£’000

 Capitalised
development
£’000

Total excluding 
contracting
£’000

Contracting 
costs expensed
£’000

Discontinued 
operations
£’000

9,189
741
501

10,431

2,360
232
81

2,673

11,549
973
582

13,104

2,422
166
230

2,818

6
1
—

7

Included in wages and salaries is a total expense of share-based payments of £220,000 (2019: £77,000) all of which arises from 
transactions accounted for as equity-settled share-based payment transactions.

The average monthly number of employees during the year was made up as follows:

Management
Sales and administration
Technical

Total

Contracting services

Directors’ emoluments

Remuneration
Social security costs
Bonuses
Pension
Share-based payments

Number of Directors accruing benefits under defined contribution schemes

2020

11
32
107

150

20

2020
£’000

618
100
180
22
68

988

2

Share-based payments in respect of Directors include the cumulative effect of updates to the assumptions used within the 
Black Scholes model that calculates the share-based payment charge recorded. 

8. Finance revenue and costs

Finance revenue
Bank interest receivable
Release of contingent consideration

Total finance revenue

Finance costs
Notional interest on lease liabilities
Other interest payable
Other bank charges

Total finance costs

2020
£’000

37
—

37

38
3
13

54

Total
£’000

14,668
1,205
768

16,641

Total
£’000

13,977
1,140
812

15,929

2019

9
27
103

139

13

2019
£’000

581
87
99
41
38

846

2

2019
£’000

37
67

104

48
4
13

65

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

79

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS9. Taxation
The following disclosures in respect of the consolidated income statement items are presented in respect of continuing operations 
only, with comparatives restated where appropriate to exclude discontinuing operations from these disclosures.

There is a no tax charge in respect of discontinuing operations for the year ended 31 December 2020 (2019: £nil).

Tax on profit on ordinary activities
Tax charge in the income statement

Current income tax
Overseas tax charge – adjustment to previous years
Overseas tax charge – current year
UK corporation tax credit – adjustment to previous years

Total current income tax

Deferred income tax
Movement in net deferred tax asset
Tax rate change adjustments

Total deferred income tax

Total (credit)/charge in the income statement

2020
£’000

(124)
599
(1,307)

(832)

(202)
81

(121)

(953)

2019
£’000

186
279
(568)

(103)

546
—

546

443

Reconciliation of the total tax charge 
The tax charge in the income statement for the year is lower (2019: lower) than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 19.0% 
(2019: 19.0%). The differences are reconciled below:

Profit before taxation
Profit before taxation multiplied by the UK standard rate of corporation tax of 19.0% (2019: 19.0%)
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
Differences in tax rates
Overseas tax (credit)/charge – adjustment to previous years
Research and development credit – previous year
Research and development enhanced relief
Movement in unrecognised losses carried forward
Movement in unrecognised temporary differences
Movement in unrecognised fixed asset temporary differences
Temporary difference on share-based payments
Temporary movement on acquired intangibles
Tax rate change adjustments

Total tax (credit)/charge reported in the income statement

2020
£’000

308
59
137
168
(124)
(1,307)
(1,424)
1,359
211
(16)
73
(170)
81

(953)

2019
£’000

2,341
445
101
160
121
(568)
(1,262)
1,339
227
242
(231)
(131)
—

443

Unrecognised tax losses
The Group has tax losses that are available indefinitely for offset against future taxable profits of the companies in which the losses 
arose as analysed below. Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of these losses as they may not be used to offset 
taxable profits elsewhere in the Group and they have arisen in subsidiaries that have been loss making for some time.

The tax effect of exchange differences recorded within the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income is a credit of £21,000 
(2019: £1,000).

Temporary differences associated with Group investments
At 31 December 2020, there was no recognised deferred tax liability (2019: £nil) for taxes that would be payable on the unremitted 
earnings of certain of the Group’s subsidiaries as the Group has determined that undistributed profits of its subsidiaries will not be 
distributed in the foreseeable future.

80

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Notes to the financial statements continuedFinancial Statements9. Taxation continued
Deferred tax 
Deferred tax assets/(liabilities)

2020

1 January
Movement in the period: 
– Tax losses
– Employee share award schemes
– Qualifying research and development expenditure
– Fixed asset timing differences
– Acquired intangibles
Acquisition of intangibles in subsidiaries
Impact of change in tax rate

31 December 

2019

1 January
Movement in the period: 
– Tax losses
– Employee share award schemes
– Qualifying research and development expenditure
– Fixed asset timing differences
– Acquired intangibles

31 December 

Comprising:

Tax losses
Employee share award schemes
Qualifying research and development expenditure
Acquired intangibles
Fixed asset timing differences

31 December 

Asset
£’000

489

411
(219)
(513)
353
—
—
31

552

Asset
£’000

1,166

(886)
228
(157)
138
—

489

Liability
£’000

(952)

—
—
—
—
170
(395)
(112)

(1,289)

Liability
£’000

(1,083)

—
—
—
—
131

(952)

2020
£’000

2,784
145
(3,079)
(1,289)
702

(737)

Net
£’000

(463)

154
(262)
(211)
351
170
(395)
(81)

(737)

Net
£’000

83

(886)
228
(157)
138
131

(463)

2019
£’000

2,353
364
(2,566)
(952)
338

(463)

A deferred tax asset of £1,326,000 (2019: £546,000) has been recognised in the year in respect of tax losses and capital allowances in 
excess of depreciation and other temporary differences.

Unrecognised potential deferred tax assets
The deferred tax not recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position is as follows:

Temporary differences
Tax losses

Unrecognised deferred tax asset

Gross temporary differences unrecognised
Gross tax losses unrecognised

Gross temporary timing differences unrecognised

2020
£’000

—
1,458

1,458

—
6,459

6,459

2019
£’000

5
603

608

31
2,811

2,842

Future tax rates
The expected reduction in the main UK corporation tax rate to 17% from 1 April 2020 enacted by the Finance Act 2016 was reversed 
in the Finance Act 2020. Therefore, the UK statutory tax rate remains at 19% and the rate used to calculate deferred tax balances at 
31 December 2020 has increased from 17% to 19%. 

The Group’s recognised and unrecognised deferred tax assets in the UK, Luxembourg, Australian and US subsidiaries have been shown 
at the rates in the following table, being the substantively enacted rates in these countries.

UK
Luxembourg
Australia
US

2020
%

19
25
30
27

2019
%

17/19
25
30
27

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

81

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS10. Earnings
Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing net profit or loss for the year attributable to owners of the Parent by the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.

Diluted earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing the net profit or loss attributable to owners of the Parent by the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares that 
would be issued on the conversion of all the dilutive potential ordinary shares into ordinary shares except when such dilutive 
instruments would reduce the loss per share.

The following reflects the earnings and share data used in the basic and diluted earnings per share computations:

Basic weighted average number of shares
Employee share options – weighted (note 22)

Diluted weighted average number of shares

2020

2019

68,697,828
1,414,549

68,168,602
1,499,805

70,112,377

69,668,407

Including discontinued operations

Adjusted earnings attributable to owners of the Parent – including discontinued operations
Adjusting items:
Exceptional items
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
Impairment of development costs
Net gain on sale of discontinued operations
Share-based payments

Statutory earnings attributable to owners of the Parent

Earnings per share – including discontinued operations
Statutory
Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 

Adjusted
Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 

Continuing operations

Adjusted earnings attributable to owners of the Parent
Adjusting items:
Exceptional items
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
Impairment of development costs
Share-based payments

Statutory earnings attributable to owners of the Parent

Earnings per share – continuing operations
Statutory
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share 

Adjusted
Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share

Notes

4
13
13

22

Notes

4
13
13
22

 2020
£’000

2,774

(400)
(893)
—
—
(220)

1,261

Pence
1.84
1.80

4.04
3.96

 2020
£’000

2,774

(400)
(893)
—
(220)

1,261

Pence
1.84
1.80

4.04
3.96

 2019
£’000

1,441

(10)
(794)
(647)
1,985
(77)

1,898

Pence
2.78
2.72

2.11
2.07

 2019
£’000

1,388

(10)
(794)
(647)
(77)

(140)

Pence
(0.21)
(0.21)

2.04
1.99

During the year ended 31 December 2020, share options granted under the 2010 Share Option Plans were exercised and the Group issued 
1,900,000 (2019: 167,024) ordinary shares accordingly (ranking pari passu with existing shares in issue). See note 21 for further details.

There have been no other transactions involving ordinary shares or potential ordinary shares between the reporting date and the date 
of completion of this Annual Financial Report 2020.

11. Dividends paid and proposed
The final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2019 was approved at the Company Annual General Meeting on 10 May 2020 and 
paid on 21 May 2020 of 0.75 pence per share, equating to a total of £506,000. The Company will be proposing a final dividend for 
approval at the AGM for the year ended 31 December 2020 of 0.75 pence per share. 

82

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Notes to the financial statements continuedFinancial Statements12. Property, plant and equipment

2020

Cost
At 1 January
Additions
Additions acquired as part of a business combination
Disposals
Exchange adjustment

At 31 December

Depreciation and impairment
At 1 January
Charge for year
Disposals
Exchange adjustment

At 31 December

Net carrying amount
At 31 December
At 1 January

2019

Cost
At 1 January
Additions
Disposals
Exchange adjustment

At 31 December

Depreciation and impairment
At 1 January
Charge for year
Disposals
Exchange adjustment

At 31 December

Net carrying amount
At 31 December
At 1 January

Fixtures and 
fittings
£’000

Property, 
plant and 
equipment
£’000

733
5
7
—
11

756

(609)
(71)
—
(11)

(691)

65
124

1,076
82
7
(156)
—

1,009

(813)
(174)
156
—

(831)

178
263

Fixtures and 
fittings
£’000

Property, 
plant and 
equipment
£’000

752 
21
(31)
(9)

733 

(580)
(69)
31
9

(609)

124
172 

1,243
157
(311)
(13)

1,076 

(935)
(197)
308
11

(813)

263
308

Total
£’000

1,809
87
14
(156)
11

1,765

(1,422)
(245)
156
(11)

(1,522)

243
387

Total
£’000

1,995
178
(342)
(22)

1,809 

(1,515)
(266)
339
20

(1,422)

387
480

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

83

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13. Intangible assets

2020

Cost 
At 1 January 
Additions 
Disposals 
Exchange adjustment 

At 31 December 

Amortisation and impairment 
At 1 January 
Charge for year 
Eliminated on disposal 
Exchange adjustment

At 31 December 

Net carrying amount
At 31 December
At 1 January

2019

Cost 
At 1 January 
Additions 
Disposals 
Exchange adjustment 

At 31 December 

Amortisation and impairment 
At 1 January 
Charge for year 
Impairment
Eliminated on disposal 

At 31 December 

Net carrying amount
At 31 December
At 1 January

Separately identified intangibles 
on acquisition 

Development 
costs
£’000 

Patents and 
licences
£’000 

Software 
£’000 

Customer 
relationships
£’000 

Goodwill
£’000 

Total
£’000 

23,345
3,561
—
90

26,996

(6,182)
(1,863)
—
(72)

(8,117)

18,879
17,163

872
4
(44)
—

832

(729)
(54)
44
—

(739)

93
143

6,275
886
—
—

7,161

(1,477)
(664)
—
—

(2,141)

5,020
4,798

1,218
1,192
—
—

2,410

(440)
(229)
—
—

(669)

1,741
778

2,943
2,656
—
26

5,625

(250)
—
—
—

(250)

34,653
8,299
(44)
116

43,024

(9,078)
(2,810)
44
(72)

(11,916)

5,375
2,693

31,108
25,575

Separately identified intangibles 
on acquisition 

Development 
costs
£’000 

Patents and 
licences
£’000 

Software 
£’000 

Customer 
relationships
£’000 

Goodwill
£’000 

20,086 
3,259
—
—

23,345 

(4,033)
(1,502)
(647)
—

(6,182)

17,163 
16,053 

881 
7
(15)
(1)

872 

(676)
(68)
—
15

(729)

143 
205 

6,275 
—
—
—

6,275 

(850)
(627)
—
—

(1,477)

4,798 
5,425 

1,218 
—
—
—

1,218 

(273)
(167)
—
—

(440)

778 
945 

Total
£’000 

31,422 
3,266
(15)
(20)

34,653 

(6,082)
(2,364)
(647)
15

(9,078)

2,962 
—
—
(19)

2,943 

(250)
—
—
—

(250)

2,693 
2,712 

25,575 
 25,340 

Development costs
Development costs are internally generated and are capitalised at cost. These intangible assets have been assessed as having a finite 
life and are amortised on a straight-line basis over their useful lives of two to twelve years. These assets are tested for impairment 
where an indicator of impairment arises and annually prior to them being made available for use.

For the years ended 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2019 the Group has capitalised development costs in respect of individual 
Clareti applications which have been individually assessed against the required capitalisation criteria and been individually assigned 
useful economic lives reflecting the maturity and availability of comparable applications in our markets. These useful economic lives 
are assessed to be between two and twelve years.

No changes have been made to development costs capitalised in prior years in respect of the Clareti platform, which continue to be 
amortised on a systematic basis over the existing useful economic life of twelve years.

Patents and licences
Patents and licences are the third party costs incurred in seeking and obtaining protection for certain of the Group’s products and 
services. These intangible assets have been assessed as having a finite life and are being amortised evenly over their useful economic 
life, to a maximum of ten years. Patents have a remaining life of three years and licences have a remaining life of one to ten years.

84

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Notes to the financial statements continuedFinancial Statements13. Intangible assets continued
Separately identified acquired intangibles 
Separately identified intangibles acquired through business combinations represent software and customer relationships which arose 
through the acquisitions of C24 Technologies Limited in October 2016, B2 Group in July 2018 and Inforalgo in July 2020.

Software is amortised over its useful economic life, which is deemed to be ten years.

Customer relationships acquired in the year are amortised over their useful economic life, which is deemed to be eight years for the 
Inforalgo and C24 Technologies Limited acquisitions and six years for B2 Group.

Goodwill
Goodwill arose on the acquisition of our Asia Pacific real-time financial solutions business, C24 Technologies Limited, B2 Group and 
Inforalgo. It is assessed as having an indefinite life and is assessed for impairment at least annually. 

14. Impairment of goodwill and intangibles
Goodwill 
Goodwill acquired through business combinations has been allocated to one individual cash-generating unit (“CGU”), the lowest level 
at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes, for impairment testing.

Carrying amount of goodwill

Clareti Solutions CGU

2020
£’000

5,375

2019
£’000

2,693

Development costs (finite life)
Development costs are reviewed for impairment on an annual basis prior to being made available for use, or sooner where an 
indicator of impairment exists. The following table summarises the net book value of development costs:

Clareti Solutions CGU

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

18,879

17,163

Clareti Solutions cash-generating unit
The recoverable amount of this CGU has been determined based on a value-in-use calculation. The cash flow projections are based 
on the 2021 financial budget, as approved by the Board, which are extrapolated for five years and extended beyond five years using a 
long-term growth rate. The Board considers this approach appropriate given the long-term opportunities that exist in the Asia Pacific, 
EMEA and North American regions. The impact of COVID-19 on financial budgets and projections has been considered by the Board 
with any appropriate adjustments reflected.

The discount rate applied to cash flow projections is 15% (2019: 15%) and cash flows beyond the five-year period are extrapolated using 
a 2% growth rate (2019: 2%) that is a prudent approximation to the long-term average growth rate for the region in which the CGU 
operates. The recoverable amount of the Clareti Solutions CGU supports the value of goodwill on the statement of financial position.

Key assumptions used in the value-in-use calculations
Key assumptions are made by management based on past experience taking into account external sources of information around 
gross margins, growth rates and discount rates for similar businesses.

The calculation of value in use is most sensitive to assumptions around:

 ▪ operating cash flows, based on financial budgets for 2021 approved by the Board;

 ▪ growth rates, based on internally estimated growth rates for the market and business offerings; and

 ▪ the discount rate, based on the pre-tax weighted average cost of capital of the Group.

Sensitivity to changes in assumptions
A change in our key assumption in respect of operating cash flows could cause the carrying value of the goodwill or development 
costs to exceed the recoverable amount, resulting in an impairment charge.

If any one of the following changes were made to the above key assumptions, the carrying amount and recoverable amount would 
be equal.

Pre-tax discount rate 

Increase from 15% to 22%

Growth rate beyond year 5 

Reduction from 2% to -5%

Revenue growth  

Reduction from 19% average over five years to 9% average

We are confident the assumptions in respect of operating cash flows remain appropriate. Where the operating cash flows incorporate 
products or solutions that will be sold in an existing known market, past experience is used as a guide to the level of sales achievable, 
growth rates and associated margins. Where the operating cash flows relate to products or solutions that will be sold into a new or 
emerging market, past experience with similar products or solutions is combined with relevant information from external market 
sources, such as competitor pricing and discussions with potential customers, in arriving at the level of sales achievable, growth rates 
and associated margins.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

85

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS15. Leases
All leases are accounted for by recognising a right-of-use asset and a lease liability except for leases of low value assets or leases 
with a duration of twelve months or less. The expense relating to short-term leases of twelve months or less was £nil (2019: £236,000). 
The Group held no low value asset leases.

Right-of-use assets are initially measured at the amount of lease liability reduced for any lease incentives received and increased for 
initial direct costs incurred and any provision contractually required. Right-of-use assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over the 
period of the lease.

Lease liabilities are measured at the present value of the contractual payments due to the lessor over the lease term with the 
discount rate determined by reference to the interest rate inherent in the lease and where that is not readily determinable the 
incremental borrowing rate, 3.1%. Subsequent to the initial measurement lease liabilities are increased as a result of interest charged 
and reduced for lease payments made.

The Group leases a number of office buildings where payments are fixed until the contracts expire. The Group also leases motor 
vehicles where payments can be increased if actual mileage is higher than the contracted rates.

Land and 
buildings
£’000

Motor 
vehicles
£’000

2,283
659
193
—
48

3,183

(1,075)
(466)
—
(29)

(1,570)

1,613
1,208

146
5
—
(60)
8

99

(62)
(30)
30
(4)

(66)

33
84

Land and 
buildings
£’000

Motor 
vehicles
£’000

2,324
(41)

2,283

(666)
(427)
18

(1,075)

1,208
1,658

155
(9)

146

(34)
(34)
6

(62)

84
121

Total
£’000

2,429
664
193
(60)
56

3,282

(1,137)
(496)
30
(33)

(1,636)

1,646
1,292

Total
£’000

2,479
(50)

2,429

(700)
(461)
24

(1,137)

1,292
1,779

Right-of-use assets

2020

Cost
At 1 January
Additions
Acquisition
Disposals
Exchange adjustment

At 31 December

Amortisation
At 1 January
Charge for year
Disposals
Exchange adjustment

At 31 December

Net carrying amount
At 31 December
At 1 January

2019

Cost
At 1 January
Exchange adjustment

At 31 December

Amortisation
At 1 January
Charge for year
Exchange adjustment

At 31 December

Net carrying amount
At 31 December
At 1 January

86

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Notes to the financial statements continuedFinancial Statements15. Leases continued
Lease liabilities

At 1 January 2019
Cash items:
Lease payments
Non-cash items:
Interest expense
Foreign exchange movements

At 31 December 2019

At 1 January 2020
Cash items:
Lease payments
Non-cash items:
Additions
Acquisitions
Interest expense
Foreign exchange movements

At 31 December 2020

Due between 0 and 3 months
Due between 3 and 12 months

Due less than one year
Due more than one year

Lease liabilities

Land and 
buildings
£’000

1,615

(474)

44
(24)

1,161

1,161

(516)

623
193
36
13

1,510

Motor 
vehicles
£’000

123

(37)

3
(5)

84

84

(60)

—
—
2
3

29

2020
£’000

133
402

535
1,004

1,539

Total
£’000

1,738

(511)

47
(29)

1,245

1,245

(576)

623
193
38
16

1,539

2019
£’000

123
334

457
788 

1,245 

16. Investments
Details of Group undertakings
Details of the investments in which the Group holds 20% or more of the nominal value of any class of share capital are as follows:

Name of subsidiary company

Registered address

Gresham Technologies (UK) Limited
Gresham Technologies (Solutions) Limited
C24 Technologies Limited(4)
Gresham Technologies (Australia) Pty Limited(3) Level 6, 1 Pacific Highway,  

Aldermary House, London, England
Aldermary House, London, England
Aldermary House, London, England

Gresham Technologies (TDI) Limited(1) 
Gresham Technologies (Malaysia) SDN BHD(1)

North Sydney, Australia
Aldermary House, London, England
Level 7, Menara Milenium,  
Jalan Damanlela, Malaysia

Holding
(shares)

Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

Ordinary
Ordinary

Proportion of
voting rights
and shares held

Nature of business

100% Software solutions
100% Software solutions
100% Software solutions
100% Software solutions

100% Software solutions
100% Software solutions

Gresham Technologies (Singapore) Pte. Limited 138 Cecil Street, Cecil Court, 

Ordinary

100% Software solutions

Gresham Technologies (US) Inc(1) (3)
Gresham Enterprise Storage Inc(3)
Gresham Technologies (Holdings) SARL

Gresham Technologies (Luxembourg) S.A.(1)
GMS Loan Technologies Limited
Inforalgo Information Technology Limited
Gresham Consultancy Services Limited(2)
Gresham Tech Limited(2)
Gresham Telecomputing Limited(2)
Circa Business Systems Limited(2)
Cheerkeep Limited(2)

Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

Singapore
100 Church Street, New York, USA
100 Church Street, New York, USA
6E route de Treves, L-2633, 
Luxembourg
6E route de Treves, L-2633, Luxembourg Ordinary
Ordinary
Aldermary House, London, England
Ordinary
Aldermary House, London, England
Ordinary
Aldermary House, London, England
Ordinary
Aldermary House, London, England
Ordinary
Aldermary House, London, England
Ordinary
Aldermary House, London, England
Ordinary
Aldermary House, London, England

100% Software solutions
100% Software solutions
Holding company
100%

100% Software solutions
100% Software solutions
100% Software solutions
Dormant
100%
Dormant
100%
Dormant
100%
Dormant
100%
Dormant
100%

(1)  Held by a subsidiary undertaking.

(2)  Subsidiary exempt from UK audit under section 480a of the Companies Act 2006.

(3)  Subsidiary has no requirement for a local statutory audit.

(4)  Subsidiary exempt from UK audit under section 479a of the Companies Act 2006.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

87

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS17. Current assets

Trade receivables
Prepayments
Other receivables

Trade and other receivables

Accrued income
Prepaid commission

Contract assets

Income tax receivable

Trade receivables are denominated in the following currencies:

Sterling
Euro
US Dollar
Singapore Dollar
Canadian Dollar
South African Rand
Australian Dollar
Malaysian Ringgit

Total trade receivables

2020
£’000

2,508
796
193

3,497

447
476

923

—

2020
£’000

473
287
1,036
85
—
—
393
234

2,508

2019
£’000

3,344
856 
167

4,367 

166
445

611

43

2019
£’000

1,165
347
345
106
41
26
1,310
4

3,344

Trade receivables are non-interest bearing and are generally on 30 to 60-day terms and are shown net of a provision for impairment.

At 31 December, the analysis of trade receivables that were past due but not impaired is as follows:

2020

2019

Total
£’000

2,508

3,344

Due not 
impaired
£’000

1,462

1,479

Past due but not impaired

<30 days
£’000

601

1,430

30–60 days
£’000

60–90 days
£’000

90–120 days
£’000

>120 days
£’000

—

167

445

40

—

3

—

225

The Group’s customers primarily comprise national and international banks, Government bodies and substantial private and public 
companies. As a result, the credit quality of trade receivables that are neither past due nor impaired has been assessed by the 
Directors to be relatively high, taking account of a low historical experience of bad debts and relatively good ageing profiles.

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses using a lifetime expected credit loss provision 
for trade receivables and contract assets. To measure expected credit losses on a collective basis, trade receivables and contract 
assets are grouped based on similar credit risk and ageing. The contract assets have similar risk characteristics to the trade 
receivables for similar types of contracts.

The expected loss rates are based on the Group’s historical credit losses experienced over the three-year period prior to the period 
end. The historical loss rates are then adjusted for current and forward-looking information on macroeconomic factors affecting the 
Group’s customers; such factors include but are not limited to gross domestic product (“GDP”), unemployment rate and inflation rates. 
The Group does not anticipate any expected losses and therefore has not provided for any impairment.

18. Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash at bank and in hand

2020
£’000

8,876

2019
£’000

9,605

Cash at bank earns interest at both fixed-term rates and floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates. Short-term deposits are 
made for varying periods of between one day and three months depending on the immediate cash requirements of the Group, and 
earn interest at the respective short-term deposit rates. The fair value of cash and cash equivalents is the same as stated above. 

For the purpose of the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow, cash and cash equivalents comprises cash at bank and in hand and 
short-term deposits.

88

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Notes to the financial statements continuedFinancial Statements19. Trade, other payables, provisions and financial liabilities
Trade and other payables
Trade payables, other payables and contract liabilities are non-interest bearing.

Current

Trade payables
Other payables
Contract liabilities

Income tax payable

Non-current

Contract liabilities

Provisions

At 1 January 
– Current
– Non-current

Amounts provided during the year
Amounts utilised in the year

At 31 December 
– Current
– Non-current

2020
£’000

934
3,339
11,030

15,303

2020
£’000

378

2020
£’000

66

2019
£’000

1,591 
2,558
8,827 

12,976 

2019
£’000

419 

2019
£’000

1,329

Property provisions

2020
£’000

—
144

144

—
2

—
146

146

2019
£’000

26
59

85

59
—

—
144

144

The provisions relate to the Group’s property portfolio and the resulting lease liabilities, comprising end-of-lease dilapidation costs and 
empty property costs. 

Contingent consideration

At 1 January
– Current
– Non-current

Contingent consideration released during the year
Arising on the acquisition of Inforalgo

At 31 December
– Current
– Non-current

2020
£’000

—
—

—

—
1,258

909
349

1,258

2019
£’000

—
67 

67 

(67)
—

—
—

—

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

89

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS20. Financial instruments
The Group is exposed through its operations to credit risk, interest rate risk, capital risk, liquidity risk and currency risk.

The Group is exposed to risks that arise from its use of financial instruments. This note describes the Group’s objectives, policies and 
processes for managing those risks and the methods used to measure them. Further quantitative information in respect of these risks 
is presented throughout these financial statements. There have been no substantive changes in the Group’s exposure to financial 
instrument risks, its objectives, policies and processes for managing those risks or the methods used to measure them from previous 
periods unless otherwise stated in this note.

Categories of financial assets and liabilities
Set out below is an analysis by category of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities that are carried in the financial statements 
(there is no material difference between the carrying amounts and fair values):

2020

Financial assets
Trade receivables
Contract assets
Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities
Trade payables
Other payables

2019

Financial assets
Trade receivables
Contract assets
Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities
Trade payables
Other payables

Fair value
through
profit and loss
£’000

—
—
—

—

—
—

—

Fair value
through
profit and loss
£’000

—
—
—

—

—
—

—

Amortised
cost 
£’000

2,508
923
8,876

Total
carrying
amount
£’000

2,508
923
8,876

12,307

12,307

934
3,339

4,273

Amortised
cost 
£’000

3,344
1,033
9,605

934
3,308

4,242

Total
carrying
amount
£’000

3,344
1,033
9,605

13,982

13,982

1,591
2,558

4,149

1,591
2,558

4,149

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses using a lifetime expected credit loss provision 
for trade receivables and contract assets. To measure expected credit losses on a collective basis, trade receivables and contract 
assets are grouped based on similar credit risk and ageing. The contract assets have similar risk characteristics to the trade 
receivables for similar types of contracts.

The expected loss rates are based on the Group’s historical credit losses experienced over the three-year period prior to the period 
end. The historical loss rates are then adjusted for current and forward-looking information on macroeconomic factors affecting the 
Group’s customers. 

As at 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2019 the Group held no foreign exchange instruments. 

Objectives, policies and strategies
The Group’s objective is to finance the business through management of existing liquidity, focusing on working capital acceleration to 
cash and converting illiquid assets to liquid assets and, ultimately, cash. Investments in non-current assets have been made with the 
benefit of research and development tax credits taken as cash.

The Group’s policy towards using financial instruments is to manage credit, liquidity and currency exposure risk without exposing the 
Group to undue risk or speculation. The policy is kept under review by the Directors according to the Group’s foreign exchange and 
treasury policy.

Risk management
The risks arising from the Group’s operations and financial instruments are explained below.

Credit management
The Group monitors exposure to credit risk on an ongoing basis. The risk of financial loss due to a counterparty failure to honour its 
obligations arises principally in relation to transactions where the Group provides solutions and services on deferred terms and where 
it invests or deposits surplus cash.

90

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Notes to the financial statements continuedFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
20. Financial instruments continued
Credit management continued
Group policies are aimed at minimising such losses, and require that deferred terms are granted only to customers who demonstrate 
an appropriate payment history and satisfy creditworthiness procedures. Individual exposures are monitored with customers subject 
to credit limits to ensure that the Group’s exposure to provisions for bad debts is not significant. Solutions and services may be sold 
on a cash-with-order basis to mitigate credit risk. Bad debt provision insurance is not carried. 

Performance of individual businesses is monitored at both operating unit and Group level allowing the early identification of major 
risks and reducing the likelihood of an unmanaged concentration of credit risk.

Cash investments are only allowed in liquid securities with major financial institutions that satisfy specific criteria. The maximum 
credit risk exposure at the statement of financial position date is represented by the carrying value of financial assets. There are no 
significant concentrations of credit risk.

Interest rate risk
The Group has limited exposure to interest rate risk since it has no bank borrowings and interest receivable on cash deposits does not 
form a material part of Group income.

Capital risk
The Group defines its capital as the Group’s total equity and manages capital based on the level of net cash held. Its objective when managing 
capital is to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders, to provide an adequate 
return to investors based upon the level of risk undertaken, to have available the necessary financial resources to allow the Group to invest 
in areas that may deliver future benefit to investors and to maintain sufficient financial resources to mitigate risks and unforeseen events.

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may issue new shares or sell assets to provide additional capital.

Liquidity risk
The Group’s liquidity risk falls within the following main categories:

 ▪ Trade receivables – a significant element of the Group’s liquidity is tied up in working capital, which primarily comprises trade 

receivables. The settlement risk associated with these assets comprises both credit risk (the risk that the counterparty will not 
settle at all) and liquidity risk (the risk that the counterparty will not settle on time).

 ▪ Non-current assets – a significant element of the Group’s liquidity is tied up in tangible fixed assets. For those assets required in the business 
for day to day operations, the Group considers the use of finance lease arrangements to reduce the amount of liquidity tied up in such 
assets. The Group keeps its investment in fixed assets under review and actively considers converting such assets to more liquid assets. 

 ▪ Other payables – the Group’s liquidity depends on the ability to fund future operating activities; the Group believes that there is sufficient 

cash reserves to cover any short and long-term requirements.

 ▪ Currency risk – this risk is discussed below. 

The table below summarises the remaining contractual maturity for the Group’s financial liabilities, based on contractual 
undiscounted payments:

2020

Trade payables
Other payables
Lease liabilities

2019

Trade payables
Other payables
Lease liabilities

Between 
0 and 
3 months
£’000

934
2,715
133

3,782

Between 
0 and 
3 months
£’000

1,591
1,447
114

3,182

Between 
3 and 
12 months
£’000

—
—
402

402

Between 
3 and 
12 months
£’000

—
—
343

343

Between
1 and 2
years
£’000

—
—
506

506

Between
1 and 2
years
£’000

—
—
410

410

Between
2 and 5
years
£’000

—
—
498

498

Between
2 and 5
years
£’000

—
—
378

378

All current liabilities are expected to fall due within one year of the statement of financial position date at their carrying amount.

The Group monitors and controls liquidity through the following key controls:

 ▪ weekly cash and overdue trade receivables are reported to the Executive Board; 

 ▪ cash forecasts are maintained;

 ▪ foreign exchange risks are hedged where significant; and

 ▪ credit control is operated locally with Group oversight.

Where appropriate, discounts are offered for early payment by customers and finance lease and deferred payment arrangements are 
considered to retain or improve liquidity.

Liquidity risk is not considered as a significant risk to the Group.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

91

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS20. Financial instruments continued
Currency risk
The Group has exposures to the following currencies: US Dollar, Australian Dollar, Euro, Malaysian Ringgit, Singapore Dollar, Canadian 
Dollar and South African Rand.

Currency exposure arises through intra-group loans and trading balances throughout all Group locations. Natural hedging is employed, 
to the extent possible, to minimise net exposures; however, where significant exposures arise outside of intra-group trading, it is Group 
policy to enter into formal hedging arrangements where these can be shown to be effective. 

At 31 December 2020, the Group had no foreign currency forward contracts (2019: none).

Currency exposures comprise the monetary assets and monetary liabilities of the Group that are not denominated in the functional currency 
of the operating unit involved. In general, all overseas operating units trade and hold assets and liabilities in their functional currency.

An analysis of trade receivables by currency is included in note 17.

Sensitivities
The following table details the Group’s sensitivities to a change in Sterling exchange rates against the respective foreign currencies. 
The sensitivities represent management’s assessment of the effect on monetary assets of the possible changes in foreign exchange 
rates, which for 2020 and 2019 take account of the potential fluctuations seen in the most recent periods. The sensitivity analysis of 
the Group’s exposure to foreign currency risk at the year end has been determined based on the assumption that the change is 
effective throughout the financial year and all other variables remain constant. The impact of translating the net assets of foreign 
operations into Sterling is excluded from the sensitivity analysis. 

A positive number indicates an increase in profit after taxation and other components of equity where Sterling weakens against the 
respective currencies.

2020

Euro

Australian Dollar

US Dollar

Canadian Dollar

Malaysian Ringgit

Singapore Dollar

South African Rand

2019

Euro

Australian Dollar

US Dollar

Canadian Dollar

Malaysian Ringgit

Singapore Dollar

South African Rand

Net foreign currency
financial assets
£’000

Increase/decrease
in exchange rates

Effect on profit 
before tax
£’000

397

4,168

3,716

13

310

112

26

+20%
-20%

+20%
-20%

+20%
-20%

+20%
-20%

+20%
-20%

+20%
-20%

 +20%
-20%

(66)
99

(695)
1,042

(619)
929

(2)
3

(52)
77

(19)
28

(4)
7

Net foreign currency
financial assets
£’000

Increase/decrease
in exchange rates

Effect on profit 
before tax
£’000

616

4,646

1,618

50

223

112

26

+20%
-20%

+20%
-20%

+20%
-20%

+20%
-20%

+20%
-20%

+20%
-20%

 +20%
-20%

(103)
154

(774)
1,162

(270)
404

(8)
13

(37)
56

(19)
28

 (4)
6

The Group has no material exposure to interest rate sensitivities; however, in addition to the year-end risk quantified we remain 
susceptible to the changes on foreign exchange rates on our future currency cash inflows and outflows which, although are notable, 
are mitigated through the use of forward exchange contracts from time to time and are not anticipated to materially affect the 
earnings in the future periods.

92

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Notes to the financial statements continuedFinancial Statements21. Issued share capital
Ordinary shares allotted, called up and fully paid

At 1 January 2019
Exercise of share options (note 22)

At 31 December 2019
Exercise of share options (note 22)

At 31 December 2020

Number

68,089,437 
167,021

68,256,458
1,900,000

70,156,458

Nominal value
£’000

3,404 
9

3,413
95

3,508

The Company’s ordinary share capital consists of individual shares having a nominal value of 5 pence each.

During the year ended 31 December 2020, share options granted under the 2010 Share Option Plans were exercised at a price of 
28.05 pence and the Group issued 1,900,000 (2019: 167,021) ordinary shares accordingly (ranking pari passu with existing shares in 
issue). Share premium of £438,000 was recognised as a result.

At 31 December 2020 and 2019 there were outstanding options granted to acquire ordinary shares in the Company. See note 22 for 
further details.

There are no preference shares in issue (2019: none).

An explanation of the Group’s capital management process and objectives is set out in the discussion of capital management in the 
Strategic Report and capital risk disclosures in note 20.

Shares held by Employee Share Ownership Trust (“ESOT”)

At 1 January 2019
Purchase of own shares
Issue of shares

At 31 December 2019
Issue of shares

At 31 December 2020

£’000

—
995
(50)

945
(167)

778

Number

—
1,029,202
(52,606)

976,596
(144,996)

831,600

The shares held by the ESOT are expected to be issued under share option contracts. The shares are held at the average purchase price.

22. Share-based payments 
The following disclosures are in respect of both the Company and the Group.

The grant of all options and awards is made by the remuneration committee and such grants involve equity settlement. In granting 
executive share options the remuneration committee has regard to both the participant’s level of responsibility within the Group and 
to individual and Group performance. 

Share Option Schemes 2010 
The Share Option Schemes 2010 were approved by shareholders on 30 December 2010, with amendments subsequently approved by 
shareholders on May 2012 and February 2015. The schemes consist of:

 ▪ the Gresham Technologies plc Enterprise Management (“EMI”) Incentive Plan 2010;

 ▪ the Gresham Technologies plc Unapproved Share Option Plan 2010; and

 ▪ the Gresham Technologies plc Non-Employee Share Option Plan 2010.

As its name implies, the EMI Plan operates as an enterprise management incentive scheme complying with the EMI Code and 
accordingly being entitled to certain beneficial tax treatment.

The Unapproved Plan enables the remuneration committee to grant share options in excess of the limits applicable under the 
EMI Code and/or to employees of the Group who do not qualify for EMI treatment.

The Non-Employee Plan enables the remuneration committee to grant share options to persons whose services are made available 
to the Group without an employment relationship.

The remuneration committee is responsible for administering the Share Option Schemes 2010, and may grant options to acquire 
ordinary shares to any employees and Directors of the Group, and retains discretion to impose exercise performance conditions 
as appropriate. Options are granted free of charge and are non-transferable. 

The exercise price per ordinary share is determined by the remuneration committee but will not be less than 110% of the middle 
market price for the dealing day immediately preceding the date of grant of the relevant option.

Options may normally be exercised only on or after the third anniversary of the date of grant subject to completion of any relevant 
performance criteria, save to the extent that the remuneration committee in its discretion declares any other period for exercise and 
will lapse on cessation of such employment, save again to the extent the remuneration committee in its discretion allows it to remain 
exercisable for such period following the cessation as it may determine. 

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

93

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS22. Share-based payments continued
Share Option Schemes 2010 continued
Exercise is permitted in conjunction with a takeover or similar transaction and in such circumstances the vesting period does not 
apply. In the event of a takeover, an option holder may, by agreement with the acquirer, exchange their options for options over shares 
in the acquiring company. 

At 31 December 2020, 19 participants held awards under this scheme (2019: 22).

Outstanding options to subscribe for ordinary shares of 5 pence at 31 December 2020, including those noted in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report, are as follows:

Share Option Schemes 2010
Outstanding at 1 January
Granted during the year
Forfeited during the year
Exercised during the year

Outstanding at 31 December

Exercisable at 31 December

Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)

2020
Number

WAEP
(pence)

2019
Number

WAEP
(pence) 

4,498,000
75,000
(85,000)
(1,900,000)

2,588,000

2,138,000

4.90

81
152
61
28

123

114

4,740,021
175,000
(250,000)
(167,021)

4,498,000

3,938,000

3.68

86
108
(206)
(49)

81

68

During the year 1,900,000 options were exercised during the period when the Company share price was between 109 pence and 130 pence.

No price is payable on award of share options.

Outstanding options and awards to subscribe for ordinary shares of 5 pence at 31 December 2020, including those noted in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report showing the range of exercise prices and dates, are as follows:

Share Option Schemes 2010

Number
of share
options

38,000 
45,000 
270,000 
50,000 
1,500,000 
50,000 
140,000
45,000 
200,000
100,000
75,000
75,000

 2,588,000

Date of
grant

05-Aug-11
15-Aug-12
01-Aug-13
07-Oct-13
01-Jun-15
21-Jun-16
20-Mar-17
28-Nov-17
14-Mar-18
28-Mar-19
25-Oct-19
24-Dec-20

Exercise
price
£

0.5803 
0.6850 
0.9630 
1.3230 
1.1057 
1.0945 
1.7352
2.1505
2.2715
0.9720
1.2210
1.5180

Date first
exercisable

05-Aug-14
15-Aug-15
01-Aug-16
07-Oct-16
01-Jun-18
21-Jun-19
20-Mar-20
28-Nov-20
14-Mar-21
28-Mar-22
25-Oct-22
24-Dec-23

Expiry
date

05-Aug-21
15-Aug-22
01-Aug-23
07-Oct-23
01-Jun-25
21-Jun-26
20-Mar-27
28-Nov-27
14-Mar-28
28-Mar-29
25-Oct-29
24-Dec-30

Cash
receivable 
if exercised 
£

22,051 
30,825 
260,010 
66,150 
1,658,550 
54,725 
242,928
96,773 
454,300
97,200
91,575
113,850

3,188,937 

Outstanding options to subscribe for ordinary shares of 5 pence at 31 December 2019, including those noted in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report showing the range of exercise prices and dates, are as follows:

Share Option Schemes 2010

Number
of share
options

1,900,000 
38,000 
85,000 
45,000 
270,000 
50,000 
1,500,000 
50,000 
140,000
45,000 
200,000
100,000
75,000

 4,498,000

Date of
grant

31-Dec-10
05-Aug-11
23-May-12
15-Aug-12
01-Aug-13
07-Oct-13
01-Jun-15
21-Jun-16
20-Mar-17
28-Nov-17
14-Mar-18
28-Mar-19
25-Oct-19

Exercise
price
£

0.2805 
0.5803 
0.6105 
0.6850 
0.9630 
1.3230 
1.1057 
1.0945 
1.7352
2.1505
2.2715
0.9720
1.2210

Date first
exercisable

31-Dec-13
05-Aug-14
23-May-15
15-Aug-15
01-Aug-16
07-Oct-16
01-Jun-18
21-Jun-19
20-Mar-20
28-Nov-20
14-Mar-21
28-Mar-22
25-Oct-22

Expiry
date

31-Dec-20
05-Aug-21
23-May-22
15-Aug-22
01-Aug-23
07-Oct-23
01-Jun-25
21-Jun-26
20-Mar-27
28-Nov-27
14-Mar-28
28-Mar-29
25-Oct-29

Cash
receivable 
if exercised 
£

532,950 
22,051 
51,893 
30,825 
260,010 
66,150 
1,658,550 
54,725 
242,928
96,773 
454,300
97,200
91,575

3,659,930 

94

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Notes to the financial statements continuedFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
22. Share-based payments continued
Share Option Schemes 2010 continued
The fair value of equity-settled share options granted by the Share Option Schemes 2010 is estimated as at the date of grant using a 
Black Scholes model, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the options were granted. In all cases, the exercise 
price is at least 110% of the market price on the day prior to the date of grant.

The following table lists the range of inputs to the model used for the grants made during the year:

Vesting date

Expiry date (number of years after grant)

Exercise price

Share price at valuation

Vested options’ expected life

Volatility

Dividend yield

Risk free rate

Impact of continued employment conditions

24-Mar-23

10

£1.518

£1.38

5.8 years

30%

0%

1.0%

0%

Vesting of options is reliant on achievement of any relevant performance conditions set by the remuneration committee, which 
typically take the form of sales-based targets. 

The expected life of the options is based on historical data and is not necessarily indicative of exercise patterns that may occur. 
The expected volatility reflects the assumption that the historical volatility is indicative of future trends, which may also not 
necessarily be the actual outcome. No other features of options granted were incorporated into the measurement of fair value.

Deferred Share Bonus Plan 2017
The Deferred Share Bonus Plan operates in conjunction with the annual cash bonus scheme; a percentage of each participating 
employee’s net annual bonus entitlement will continue to be paid in cash with the remaining amount of the bonus being paid to the 
trustee of a newly established employee benefit trust which will have been constituted to acquire existing issued ordinary shares and 
facilitate the Deferred Share Bonus Plan. These bonus-related shares will be beneficially owned by each participant but held by the 
trustee as its nominee.

At the same time, a corresponding matching award will be made by the Company, entitling the participant to receive, at nil cost, 
an entitlement to further ordinary shares. These awards will vest subject to the following conditions:

 ▪ the related bonus shares being retained for a specified period; 

 ▪ any relevant performance targets being met; and

 ▪ the participant remaining in employment with the Gresham Group until the end of the specified retention period.

Due to the establishment of the employee benefit trust, which will acquire existing issued ordinary shares, the Deferred Share Bonus 
Plan will be non-dilutive to existing shareholders above the levels permitted by the Investment Association’s remuneration guidelines. 

On 20 March 2020 150,288 share options were granted at nil cost with two-year and three-year vesting periods; the options expire 
March 2030.

Share Option Scheme 2020
A new long-term incentive performance share plan was approved by shareholders in December 2020. The plan enables the remuneration 
committee to grant share options to key employees following the expiry of the Share Option Plan 2010 on 29 December 2020. Any conditional 
share award will be granted on an ad hoc discretionary basis at nil cost to the participant. The share award will vest on the later of a 
three-year vesting period and the achievement of objective performance targets which will be specified by the remuneration committee.

No share options have been awarded in the year to 31 December 2020 under this share option scheme.

Share-based payments
The expense recognised in the income statement for all equity-settled share-based payments in respect of employee services 
received is as follows:

Expense recognised in respect of share-based payments

2020
£’000

220

2019
£’000

77

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

95

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS23. Business combinations during the period
On 28 July 2020 Gresham Technologies plc acquired the entire ordinary share capital in Inforalgo Information Technology Limited, a 
specialist in connectivity and intelligent automation solutions for financial services institutions enabling straight-through processing 
and real-time regulatory reporting.

The initial consideration was £2.3m with contingent consideration dependent upon performance of up to £1.3m payable over an 
18-month period post acquisition; therefore the maximum potential consideration is £3.6m.

The amounts recognised in respect of identifiable assets and liabilities assumed are set out in the table below:

Book value
£’000

Adjustments
£’000

Fair value
£’000

Intangible assets
Customer relationships
Software
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use assets
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other liabilities
Lease liabilities
Deferred tax liability 

Total net (liabilities)/assets

Satisfied as follows:
Cash
Contingent consideration

Total consideration

Goodwill (note 13)

Analysis of cash flows on acquisition:
Net cash acquired
Cash paid

Net cash flow

Fair value of consideration paid:
Cash
Contingent consideration due less than one year
Contingent consideration due more than one year

Total consideration

—
—
14
193
189
142
(1,384)
(193)
—

(1,039)

1,192
886
—
—
—
—
—
—
(395)

1,683

1,192 
886 
14
193
189
142
(1,384)
(193)
(395)

644

2,042
1,258

3,300

2,656

(142)
2,042

1,900

2,042
909
349

3,300

The goodwill recognised above is attributable to intangible assets that cannot be individually separately and reliably measured from 
Inforalgo due to their nature. These items include the expected value of synergies and assembled workforce.

Intangible assets were identified on acquisition relating to customer contracts and relationships and software. To determine the fair 
value of the intangible assets a valuation was performed by an independent external expert. 

The customer-related assets were valued using an excess earnings method to assess the present value of expected cash received 
over the life of customer relationships adjusted by an annual attrition rate calculated based on historical revenue data. The software 
assets relating to internally developed technology were valued using a replacement cost methodology to estimate the total cost 
of redeveloping the software.

Acquisition costs of £131,000 were incurred during the year ended 31 December 2020 as a result of the acquisition and integration 
of Inforalgo. These costs have been recognised within as costs within the income statement.

From the date of acquisition, Inforalgo has contributed revenue of £565,000 to the Group and operating profit of £80,000. If the 
acquisition had occurred on 1 January 2020, Group revenue would have been £25,549,000 and Group operating profit £479,000.

Contingent consideration
As part of the sale and purchase agreement, contingent consideration is payable up to £1,293,000 with the maximum amount payable 
if the annual recurring revenues are £1,230,000 18 months after acquisition. The consideration is payable on a straight-line basis with 
no lower threshold with 72% payable in July 2021 and the balance payable in January 2022. Due to the nature of these payments a fair 
value calculation has been performed by management to estimate the expected amount of consideration to be paid. As result, contingent 
consideration of £1,258,000 has been recognised in the statement of financial position, with £909,000 due in less than one year and 
£349,000 due in more than one year.

96

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Notes to the financial statements continuedFinancial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
24. Reserves
Share capital
The balance classified as share capital represents the nominal value arising from the issue of the Company’s equity share capital, 
comprising 5 pence ordinary shares.

During the year ended 31 December 2020, share options granted under the 2010 Share Option Plans were exercised and the Group issued 
1,900,000 (2019: 167,021) ordinary shares accordingly (ranking pari passu with existing shares in issue). See note 22 for further details. 

Share premium account
The balance classified as share premium represents the premium arising from the issue of the Company’s equity share capital, 
comprising 5 pence ordinary shares, net of share issue expenses. There are restrictions on the use of the share premium account. 
It can only be used for bonus issues, to provide for the premium payable on redemption of debentures, or to write off preliminary 
expenses, or expenses of, or commissions paid on, or discounts allowed on, the same issues of shares or debentures of the Company.

Own share reserve
Weighted average cost of own shares held in trust by the ESOT.

Other reserves
The balance classified as other reserves comprises a special reserve of £313,000. The special reserve arose on the cancellation of 
deferred ordinary shares in June 1992. In 2018, 134,440 shares were issued as part consideration for the acquisition of B2 Group at 
a placing price of £1.71. The excess over the nominal value of the shares issued has been credited to other reserves (merger reserve) 
in compliance with s612 and s613 of the Companies Act 2006.

Foreign currency translation reserve
The currency translation reserve is used to record exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements 
of foreign subsidiaries.

Retained earnings
All other net gains and losses and transactions with owners (e.g. dividends) that are not recognised elsewhere.

25. Capital commitments
There were no capital commitments at 31 December 2020 (2019: none).

26. Related party transactions 
Key management compensation (including Directors)

Directors’ emoluments
Remuneration
Social security costs
Bonuses
Pension
Share-based payments

2020
£’000

618
100
180
22
68

988

2019
£’000

581
87
99
41
38

846

Details of Directors’ compensation are included in the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

There is no single party known that the Directors consider to be a controlling shareholder or ultimate parent undertaking. Refer to 
page 53 for details of all significant shareholders that the Company has been notified of.

During the year the Group received services from Grant Thornton LLP of £226,000 (2019: £218,000) which are related parties by virtue 
of Ms I Joss holding a position as an independent non-executive on the Grant Thornton partner oversight board and a Director of the 
Company until resignation on 31 October 2020. At 31 December 2020 the amount owed to Grant Thornton LLP was £77,000 (2019: £59,000).

27. Events after the reporting date
A dividend of 0.75 pence per share has been approved by the Board to propose to shareholders at the Annual General Meeting.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

97

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCompany balance sheet

Fixed assets
Property, plant and equipment
Lease receivable
Deferred tax asset
Investments

Current assets
Debtors
Cash at bank and in hand

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

Net current assets

Total assets less current liabilities

Contingent consideration due more than one year
Creditors: amounts falling due more than one year

Total assets less liabilities

Capital and reserves
Called up share capital
Share premium
Own share reserve
Special reserve
Merger reserve
Profit and loss account

Shareholders’ funds – equity interests

Notes

5
9
10
6

7

8

8
8

11
12
11
12
12
12

At 
31 December
2020
£’000

At 
31 December
2019
£’000

—
1,134
18
20,466

21,618

34,756
2,996

37,752

—
794
211 
 16,946 

 17,951 

33,547 
 4,467 

38,014

(36,798)

 (32,056) 

954

22,572

(349)
(705)

5,958 

23,909

—
(424)

21,518

 23,485 

3,508
4,341
(778)
313
1,583
12,551

21,518

 3,413 
 3,903 
(945)
 313 
 1,583 
 15,218 

 23,485 

The Company made a retained loss in the year of £2,381,000 (2019: £378,000).

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 8 March 2021.

On behalf of the Board

Ian Manocha  
Chief Executive   
8 March 2021 

Tom Mullan
Chief Financial Officer 
8 March 2021

98

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Financial Statements 
Company statement of changes in equity

At 1 January 2019
Exercise of share options
Share-based payments
Purchase of own shares
Sale of own shares held by 
Employee Share Ownership Trust
Dividend paid
Retained loss for the year

At 31 December 2019

Exercise of share options
Share-based payments
Sale of own shares held by 
Employee Share Ownership Trust
Dividend paid
Retained loss for the year

Notes

11
15
11

11
4

11
15

11
4

Share 
capital
£’000

3,404
 9 
 — 
 — 

—
 — 
 — 

Share 
premium
£’000

3,830
73
 — 
 — 

—
— 
 — 

Own 
shares
£’000

—
—
—
(995)

50
—
—

Special 
reserve
£’000

Merger 
reserve
£’000

Profit and 
loss account
£’000

313
 — 
 — 
 — 

—
 — 
 — 

1,583
 — 
 — 
 — 

—
 — 
 — 

15,858
 — 
77
—

—
(339)
 (378) 

Total
£’000

24,988
82
77
(995)

50
(339)
(378)

 3,413 

3,903

(945)

 313 

 1,583 

15,218

23,485

95
—

—
—
—

438
—

—
—
—

—
—

167
—
—

—
—

—
—
—

—
—

—
—
—

—
220

—
(506)
(2,381)

533
220

167
(506)
(2,381)

At 31 December 2020

3,508

4,341

(778)

313

1,583

12,551

21,518

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

99

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Company financial statements

1. Accounting policies
Basis of preparation
The Company financial statements of Gresham Technologies plc 
(the “Company”) have been prepared in accordance with 
Financial Reporting Standard 100 “Application of Financial 
Reporting Requirements” and Financial Reporting Standard 101 
“Reduced Disclosure Framework” and as required by the 
Companies Act 2006. 

The financial statements are prepared under the historical cost 
convention as modified for financial instruments that are measured 
at fair value and were approved for issue on 8 March 2021.

No income statement is presented by the Company as permitted 
by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. For the year ended 
31 December 2020, the Company recorded a retained loss of 
£2,381,000 (2019: loss £378,000).

The balance sheet heading relating to the Company’s 
investments in subsidiaries has been amended to “Fixed assets” 
from “Non-current assets” to be consistent with the Company’s 
presentation of its balance sheet in accordance with the balance 
sheet formats of the Companies Act 2006. Assets are classified 
in accordance with the definitions of fixed and current assets in 
the Companies Act instead of the presentation requirements of 
IAS 1 “Presentation of Financial Statements”.

Going concern
The Group and the Company’s business activities, together with 
the factors likely to affect its future development, performance 
and position are set out in the Strategic Report on pages 6 to 31. 

After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Company has adequate resources to 
continue in operational existence for a period of at least twelve 
months from the date of approval of the financial statements. 
For this reason, they continue to adopt the going concern basis 
in preparing the Annual Financial Report 2020.

Disclosure exemptions adopted
In preparing these financial statements the Company has taken 
advantage of all disclosure exemptions conferred by FRS 101. 
Therefore these financial statements do not include:

 ▪ certain comparative information as otherwise required by 

adopted IFRSs;

 ▪ certain disclosures regarding the Company’s capital;

 ▪ a statement of cash flows;

 ▪ the effect of future accounting standards not yet adopted;

 ▪ the disclosure of the remuneration of key management 

personnel; and

 ▪ disclosure of related party transactions with other wholly 
owned members of the Gresham Technologies plc Group.

In addition, and in accordance with FRS 101, further disclosure 
exemptions have been adopted because equivalent disclosures are 
included in the consolidated financial statements. These financial 
statements do not include certain disclosures in respect of:

 ▪ share-based payments;

 ▪ business combinations;

 ▪ assets held for sale and discontinued operations; and

 ▪ impairment of assets.

Investments
Investments are recorded at cost less provision for impairment. 

Financial assets
Impairment of financial assets
The Company assesses at each balance sheet date whether 
a financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired.

Assets carried at amortised cost
These assets arise principally from the provision of services to 
the Company’s subsidiary, but also incorporate other types of 
financial assets where the objective is to hold these assets in 
order to collect contractual cash flows and the contractual cash 
flows are solely payments of principal and interest. They are 
initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs that are 
directly attributable to their acquisition or issue, and are 
subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective 
interest rate method, less provision for impairment. 

Impairment provisions from related parties and loans to related 
parties are recognised based on a forward-looking expected 
credit loss model. The methodology used to determine the 
amount of the provision is based on whether there has been a 
significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition of the 
financial asset. For those where the credit risk has not increased 
significantly since initial recognition of the financial asset, 
twelve-month expected credit losses along with gross interest 
income are recognised. For those for which credit risk has 
increased significantly, lifetime expected credit losses along with 
the gross interest income are recognised. For those that are 
determined to be credit impaired, lifetime expected credit losses 
along with interest income on a net basis are recognised.

The Company’s financial assets measured at amortised cost 
comprise intercompany receivables and cash and cash 
equivalents in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. 

Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand for the purpose 
of the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow – bank overdrafts. 
Bank overdrafts are shown within loans and borrowings in current 
liabilities on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

Taxation
Income taxes
Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount 
expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities, 
based on tax rates and laws that are enacted or substantively 
enacted by the statement of financial position date.

Research and development tax credits are recognised on an 
accruals basis and recorded as a credit in the taxation line of 
the income statement.

Deferred income tax is recognised on all temporary differences 
arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their 
carrying amounts in the financial statements, with the following 
exceptions:

 ▪ where the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition 
of goodwill or of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not 
a business combination that at the time of the transaction 
affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss;

 ▪ in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with 
investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, 
where the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences 
can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary 
differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future; and

 ▪ deferred income tax assets are recognised only to the extent 
that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against 
which the deductible temporary differences, carried forward 
tax credits or tax losses can be utilised.

100

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Financial Statements1. Accounting policies continued
Taxation continued
Income taxes continued
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the 
tax rates that are expected to apply when the related asset 
is realised or liability is settled, based on tax rates and laws 
enacted or substantively enacted at the statement of financial 
position date.

The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed 
at each statement of financial position date. Deferred income tax 
assets and liabilities are offset only if a legally enforceable right 
exists to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities, 
the deferred income taxes relate to the same taxation authority and 
that authority permits the Group to make a single net payment.

Income tax is charged or credited to other comprehensive 
income or directly to equity if it relates to items that are credited 
or charged to other comprehensive income or directly to equity. 
Otherwise, income tax is recognised in the income statement.

Foreign currencies
Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are translated 
at an approximation of the exchange rate ruling on the date of 
the transaction.

Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are 
translated at the exchange rate ruling on the balance sheet date. 
Resulting exchange gains and losses are taken to the 
income statement.

Related party transactions
The Company has taken advantage of the exemption under FRS 
101 from disclosing related party transactions with entities that 
are wholly owned subsidiary undertakings of the Gresham 
Technologies plc Group.

Share-based payments – equity-settled transactions
The cost of equity-settled transactions with employees is measured 
by reference to the fair value at the date at which they are granted 
and is recognised in the Company financial statements as a capital 
contribution to the subsidiaries for whom the employees perform 
services, with the credit entry being made to reserves, over the 
vesting period, which ends on the date on which the relevant 
employees become fully entitled to the award. 

Fair value of awards with a market condition-based performance 
target is determined by an external valuer using a Monte Carlo 
simulation pricing model. In valuing equity-settled transactions, 
no account is taken of any vesting conditions, other than 
conditions linked to the price of the shares of the Company 
(market conditions). Fair value of awards with a financial 
result-based performance target is determined by management 
using the Black Scholes pricing model.

No capital contribution is recognised for awards that do not 
ultimately vest, except for awards where vesting is conditional 
upon a market condition, which are treated as vesting 
irrespective of whether or not the market condition is satisfied, 
provided that all other vesting conditions are satisfied.

At each balance sheet date before vesting, the cumulative 
expense is calculated, representing the extent to which the 
vesting period has expired and management’s best estimate 
of the achievement or otherwise of non-market conditions and 
of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest or, 
in the case of an instrument subject to a market condition, be 
treated as vesting as described above. The movement in 
cumulative expense since the previous balance sheet date is 
recognised as a capital contribution, with a corresponding entry 
in equity.

Where the terms of an equity-settled award are modified or a 
new award is designated as replacing a cancelled or settled 
award, the cost based on the original award terms continues to 
be recognised as a capital contribution over the original vesting 
period. In addition, an expense is recognised as a capital contribution 
over the remainder of the new vesting period for the incremental 
fair value of any modification, based on the difference between 
the fair value of the original award and the fair value of the 
modified award, both as measured on the date of the modification. 
No reduction is recognised if this difference is negative.

Where an equity-settled award is cancelled, it is treated as if 
it had vested on the date of cancellation, and any cost not yet 
recognised in the income statement for the award is recorded as 
a capital contribution immediately. Any compensation paid up to 
the fair value of the award at the cancellation or settlement date 
is deducted from equity, with any excess over fair value being 
treated as a capital contribution in the balance sheet.

Employee Share Ownership Trust (“ESOT”)
The Company is deemed to have control of its ESOT; therefore 
the investment in the Company’s shares is deducted from equity. 
The shares are valued at the average purchase price.

2. Auditor’s remuneration
The figures within the auditor’s remuneration note in the 
Gresham consolidated financial statements include fees charged 
by the Company’s auditor to Gresham Technologies plc in 
respect of audit and non-audit services. As such, no separate 
disclosure has been given above.

3. Directors’ remuneration
Information concerning Directors’ remuneration and gains on 
exercise of share options can be found in the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report beginning on page 44 and in note 7 to the Group financial 
statements. There are no staff employed or costs recognised in 
relation to the Parent Company.

4. Dividends paid and proposed
The final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2019 was 
approved at the Company Annual General Meeting on 10 May 2020 
and paid on 21 May 2020 of 0.75 pence per share, equating to a 
total of £506,000. The Company will be proposing a final dividend 
for approval at the AGM for the year ended 31 December 2020 of 
0.75 pence per share.

5. Property, plant and equipment 

Cost
At 1 January and 31 December

Depreciation and impairment
At 1 January and 31 December

Net carrying amount
At 1 January and 31 December

31 December 
2020
Total
£’000

31 December 
2019
Total
£’000

31 

(31)

— 

31 

(31)

—

All fixed assets relate to fixtures and fittings.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

101

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS9. Leases
The Company holds a number of leases in respect of office 
buildings which are utilised by subsidiary companies. These 
leases are disclosed within the Company as a lease receivable, 
representing the amounts due from the subsidiaries in respect 
of these leases. 

Lease liabilities are measured at the present value of the 
contractual payments due to the lessor over the lease term 
with the discount rate determined by reference to the Group’s 
incremental external borrowing rate, 3.1%. Subsequent to the 
initial measurement lease liabilities are increased as a result 
of interest charged and reduced for lease payments made.

The table below represents the maturity of the lease receivable:

Less than 3 months
3 to 12 months
1 to 2 years
2 to 5 years

Total

Lease liabilities

At 1 January 2019
Cash items:
Lease payments
Non-cash items:
Interest expense

At 31 December 2019
Cash items:
Lease payments
Non-cash items:
Additions
Interest expense

At 31 December 2020

Due between 0 and 3 months
Due between 3 and 12 months

Due less than one year
Due more than one year

Lease liabilities

2020
£’000

77
238
309
510

1,134

2020
£’000

80
240

320
705

1,025

2019
£’000

77
233
309
175

794

Total
£’000

1,034

(317)

29

746

(332)

586
25

1,025

2019
£’000

80
242

322
424

746

6. Investments

Cost
At 1 January
Acquisitions
Capital contribution – share-based 
payments 

At 31 December

Impairment provisions
At 1 January

At 31 December 

Net book value
At 31 December

Subsidiaries
2020
£’000

Subsidiaries
2019
£’000

30,538
3,300

220

34,058

 13,592 

 13,592 

 30,461 
—

 77 

 30,538

 13,592 

 13,592 

20,466

 16,946 

Details of the investments in which the Company holds 20% or 
more of the nominal value of any class of share capital are 
included within note 16 to the Group financial statements.

7. Debtors

Amounts owed by subsidiary 
undertakings
Other receivables
Prepayments and accrued income

2020
£’000

34,635
114
7

34,756

2019
£’000

33,455 
 82 
 10 

 33,547 

All amounts that fall due for repayment within one year are 
presented within current assets as required by the Companies Act. 
The loans to Group companies are repayable on demand with 
no fixed repayment date although it is noted that a significant 
proportion of the amounts may not be sought for repayment 
within one year depending on activity in the Group companies.

8. Creditors
Amounts falling due within one year

Amounts owed to 
subsidiary undertakings
Lease liabilities
Trade creditors
Contingent consideration
Other creditors and accruals

2020
£’000

35,320
320
245
909
4

36,798

Amounts falling due more than one year

Lease liabilities

Contingent consideration

2020
£’000

705

2020
£’000

 349

2019
£’000

 31,309 
322
 422 
—
 3 

32,056 

2019
£’000

424

2019
£’000

—

102

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Notes to the Company financial statements continuedFinancial Statements 
Share premium
The balance classified as share premium represents the premium 
arising from the issue of the Company’s equity share capital, 
comprising 5 pence ordinary shares, net of share issue expenses. 
There are restrictions on the use of the share premium account. 
It can only be used for bonus issues, to provide for the premium 
payable on redemption of debentures, or to write off preliminary 
expenses, or expenses of, or commissions paid on, or discounts 
allowed on, the same issues of shares or debentures of 
the Company.

Own share reserve
Weighted average cost of shares held in trust by the ESOT.

Special reserve
The special reserve arose on the cancellation of deferred 
ordinary shares in June 1992.

Merger reserve
The merger reserve arose on issue of shares in respect of 
acquisitions and mergers in the period 1992 to 1999 and in 2018. 

Profit and loss account
All other net gains and losses and transactions with owners 
(e.g. dividends) that are not recognised elsewhere.

13. Capital commitments
There were no capital commitments at 31 December 2020 
(2019: none).

14. Contingent liabilities
In the normal course of business, the Company has issued 
general guarantees in respect of the contractual obligations of 
certain subsidiary undertakings. The Company has assessed the 
risk of defaults by subsidiary undertakings and should Gresham 
Technologies plc have to assume the debt and make settlement, 
the appropriate provisioning would be provided for within 
the Company. 

15. Share-based payments
Share-based payments in respect of both the Company 
and the Group are disclosed in note 22 of the consolidated 
financial statements.

16. Related party transactions
The Company is exempt from disclosing transactions within the 
wholly owned subsidiaries in the Group. Other related party 
transactions are included within those given in note 26 of the 
Group financial statements. 

10. Deferred tax
The Company has a recognised deferred tax asset as follows:

As at 1 January 
Movement in the period within the 
income statement

As at 31 December 

Comprising:
Employee share award schemes
Tax losses

2020
£’000

211

(193)

18

—
18

18

2019
£’000

 129 

82 

211 

 195
 16 

 211 

11. Issued share capital
Ordinary shares allotted, called up and fully paid

At 1 January 2019
Exercise of share options

At 31 December 2019
Exercise of share options

At 31 December 2020

Number

68,089,437 
167,021

68,256,458 
1,900,000

70,156,458

Nominal value
£’000

3,404 
9

3,413 
95

3,508 

The Company’s ordinary share capital consists of individual 
shares having a nominal value of 5 pence each.

During the year ended 31 December 2020, share options granted 
under the 2010 Share Option Plans were exercised and the Group 
issued 1,900,000 (2019: 167,021) ordinary shares accordingly (ranking 
pari passu with existing shares in issue). See note 22 of the 
Group financial statements for further details. 

At 31 December 2020 and 2019 there were outstanding options 
granted to acquire ordinary shares in the Company. See note 22 
of the Group financial statements for further details.

There are no preference shares in issue (2019: none).

Shares held by Employee Share Ownership Trust (“ESOT”)
Number

£’000

At 1 January 2019
Purchase of own shares
Issue of shares

At 31 December 2019
Issue of shares

At 31 December 2020

—
995
(50)

945
(167)

778

—
1,029,202
(52,606)

976,596
(144,996)

831,600

The shares held by the ESOT are expected to be issued under 
share option contracts. The shares are held at the average 
purchase price.

12. Reserves
Share capital
The balance classified as share capital represents the nominal 
value arising from the issue of the Company’s equity share 
capital, comprising 5 pence ordinary shares.

During the year ended 31 December 2020, share options granted 
under the 2010 Share Option Plans were exercised and the Group 
issued 1,900,000 (2019: 167,021) ordinary shares accordingly 
(ranking pari passu with existing shares in issue). See note 22 
of the Group financial statements for further details. 

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

103

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Corporate information

Registered office
Aldermary House 
10–15 Queen Street 
London 
EC4N 1TX

Auditor
BDO LLP
Arcadia House 
Maritime Walk 
Ocean Village 
Southampton 
SO14 3TL

Solicitors
Blake Morgan LLP
Tollgate 
Chandler’s Ford  
Eastleigh 
SO53 3LG

Broker and financial adviser
N+1 Singer Capital Markets Limited
One Bartholomew Lane 
London 
EC2N 2AX

Registrars
Equiniti Limited
Aspect House 
Spencer Road 
Lancing 
West Sussex 
BN99 6DA

Bankers
HSBC Bank plc
55 Above Bar Street 
Southampton 
SO14 7DZ

Annual General Meeting
10 May 2021

Aldermary House 
10–15 Queen Street 
London 
EC4N 1TX

104

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2020

Financial StatementsGresham Technologies plc’s commitment to environmental 
issues is reflected in this Annual Report, which has been 
printed on Creator Silk, an FSC® certified material.

This document was printed by Opal X using its environmental 
print technology, which minimises the impact of printing on 
the environment, with 99% of dry waste diverted from landfill. 
Both the printer and the paper mill are registered to ISO 14001.

CBP006335

G

R

E

S

H

A

M

T

E

C

H

N

O

L

O

G

I

E

S

P

L

C

A

N

N

U

A

L

F

I

N

A

N

C

I

A

L

R

E

P

O

R

T

2

0

2

0

Unleash the power 
of data and people

Gresham Technologies plc
Aldermary House 
10–15 Queen Street 
London 
EC4N 1TX

investorrelations@greshamtech.com

greshamtech.com

@greshamtech